WO2017002859A1 - Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, cured film production method and semiconductor device - Google Patents

Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, cured film production method and semiconductor device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017002859A1
WO2017002859A1 PCT/JP2016/069275 JP2016069275W WO2017002859A1 WO 2017002859 A1 WO2017002859 A1 WO 2017002859A1 JP 2016069275 W JP2016069275 W JP 2016069275W WO 2017002859 A1 WO2017002859 A1 WO 2017002859A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
photosensitive resin
negative photosensitive
ring
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2016/069275
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
悠 岩井
一郎 小山
健志 川端
渋谷 明規
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Fujifilm Corp
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Priority to KR1020177035505A priority Critical patent/KR102021305B1/en
Priority to JP2017526400A priority patent/JP6481032B2/en
Publication of WO2017002859A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017002859A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • G03F7/0382Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified negative photoresist composition
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F290/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
    • C08F290/08Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
    • C08F290/14Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/037Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polyamides or polyimides
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/2002Exposure; Apparatus therefor with visible light or UV light, through an original having an opaque pattern on a transparent support, e.g. film printing, projection printing; by reflection of visible or UV light from an original such as a printed image
    • G03F7/2004Exposure; Apparatus therefor with visible light or UV light, through an original having an opaque pattern on a transparent support, e.g. film printing, projection printing; by reflection of visible or UV light from an original such as a printed image characterised by the use of a particular light source, e.g. fluorescent lamps or deep UV light
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/027Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a negative photosensitive resin composition, a cured film, a method for producing a cured film, and a semiconductor device.
  • the present invention relates to a negative photosensitive resin composition suitable for an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
  • Thermosetting resins that are cured by cyclization such as polyimide are excellent in heat resistance and insulation, and are therefore used for insulating layers of semiconductor devices.
  • polyimide since polyimide has low solubility in a solvent, it is used in the state of a precursor (heterocycle-containing polymer precursor) before the cyclization reaction, applied to a substrate, etc., and then heated to form a heterocycle-containing polymer. It has been practiced to form a cured film by cyclizing the precursor.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses (A) the following general formula (1): (In Formula (1), X 1 is a tetravalent organic group, Y 1 is a divalent organic group, n is an integer of 2 to 150, and R 1 and R 2 are respectively Independently, a hydrogen atom, the following general formula (2): (Wherein R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and m is an integer of 2 to 10). A valent organic group or a saturated aliphatic group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. However, both R 11 and R 22 are not simultaneously hydrogen atoms.
  • Polyimide precursor having a structure represented by: 100 parts by mass, (B) Photopolymerization initiator: 1 to 20 parts by mass, and (C) a monocarboxylic acid compound having 2 to 30 carbon atoms having at least one functional group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an ether group and an ester group: 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, A negative-type photosensitive resin composition containing the above is disclosed.
  • Patent Document 2 describes a negative photosensitive material containing an aerobic polymerization inhibitor and an anaerobic polymerization inhibitor.
  • the exposure latitude of the negative photosensitive resin composition can be broadened by adopting a polyimide precursor having a predetermined structure in the negative photosensitive resin composition. It has been found that it is possible to solve this problem. Specifically, the above problem has been solved by ⁇ 1> below, preferably ⁇ 2> to ⁇ 19>.
  • a negative photosensitive resin composition comprising at least one second polymerization inhibitor selected from a compound and a phenothiazine compound.
  • ⁇ 5> The negative photosensitive resin composition according to ⁇ 4>, wherein the radical polymerizable compound has two or more radical polymerizable groups.
  • ⁇ 6> The negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the second polymerization inhibitor is selected from a quinone compound and an N-oxyl compound.
  • ⁇ 7> The negative photosensitivity according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the mass ratio of the first polymerization inhibitor to the second polymerization inhibitor is 10:90 to 90:10 Resin composition.
  • ⁇ 8> The negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, wherein the mass ratio of the first polymerization inhibitor to the radical polymerization initiator is 1:99 to 10:90. object.
  • ⁇ 9> The negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, wherein R 12 in formula (1) is a tetravalent group containing an aromatic ring.
  • R 12 in formula (1) is a tetravalent group containing an aromatic ring.
  • ⁇ 11> The negative photosensitive resin composition according to ⁇ 10>, wherein the thermal base generator has an ammonium cation represented by the following general formula (Y);
  • Y general formula (Y)
  • Ar 10 represents an aromatic group
  • R 11 to R 15 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group
  • R 14 and R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • ⁇ 12> The negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11>, which is used for an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
  • ⁇ 13> A cured film obtained by curing the negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12>.
  • ⁇ 14> The cured film according to ⁇ 13>, which is an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
  • a method for producing a cured film comprising using the negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12>.
  • ⁇ 16> applying the negative photosensitive resin composition to the substrate; A step of exposing the negative photosensitive resin composition applied to the substrate by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and The manufacturing method of the cured film as described in ⁇ 15> which has a process of developing with respect to the exposed negative photosensitive resin composition.
  • ⁇ 17> The method for producing a cured film according to ⁇ 16>, comprising a step of heating the developed negative photosensitive resin composition at a temperature of 50 to 500 ° C. after the step of performing the development treatment.
  • ⁇ 18> The method for producing a cured film according to any one of ⁇ 15> to ⁇ 17>, wherein the film thickness of the cured film is 3 to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the present invention makes it possible to provide a negative photosensitive resin composition having a wide exposure latitude, a cured film, a method for producing a cured film, and a semiconductor device.
  • the description of the components in the present invention described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
  • the description which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes what does not have a substituent and what has a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • active light means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams, and the like.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure means not only exposure using far ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light typified by mercury lamps and excimer lasers, but also particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Include drawing in the exposure.
  • a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • (meth) acrylate represents both and / or “acrylate” and “methacrylate”
  • (meth) allyl means both “allyl” and “methallyl”
  • (Meth) acryl” represents either “acryl” and “methacryl” or any one
  • “(meth) acryloyl” represents both “acryloyl” and “methacryloyl”, or Represents either.
  • the term “process” not only means an independent process, but also if the intended action of the process is achieved even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, include.
  • solid content concentration is the mass percentage of the mass of the other component except a solvent with respect to the gross mass of a composition.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene-converted values in gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement unless otherwise specified.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are, for example, HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel.
  • Negative photosensitive resin composition The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention comprises at least one first polymerization inhibitor selected from a polyimide precursor; a radical polymerization initiator; and a compound having an aromatic hydroxyl group; And at least one second polymerization inhibitor selected from nitroso compounds, N-oxide compounds, quinone compounds, N-oxyl compounds and phenothiazine compounds.
  • a negative photosensitive resin composition having a wide exposure latitude can be obtained.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition containing the polyimide precursor is cured by exposure, but by blending two kinds of polymerization inhibitors, mainly the first polymerization inhibitor works on the side close to the surface layer.
  • the second polymerization inhibitor works mainly on the side far from the surface layer of the film, and as a result, the polymerization inhibition effect works almost uniformly on the entire negative photosensitive resin composition layer, and the exposure latitude is widened. Will be possible. This is particularly advantageous when the difference in how light strikes is large and the film is thick.
  • the resin used in the examples of Patent Document 2 is an acrylic resin and has a problem from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
  • a polyimide precursor is used, so that the resin has excellent heat resistance. It can be.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a polyimide precursor. Only one type of polyimide precursor may be used, or two or more types may be used. It is preferable that a polyimide precursor is a polyimide precursor containing the repeating unit represented by General formula (1).
  • General formula (1) In general formula (1), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or —NH—, R 11 represents a divalent organic group, and R 12 represents a tetravalent organic group. , R 13 and R 14 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • a 1 and A 2 each independently represents an oxygen atom or —NH—, preferably an oxygen atom.
  • R 11 represents a divalent organic group.
  • the divalent organic group include a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, and a group containing an aryl group, a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 6
  • a group consisting of a cyclic aliphatic group having 20 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or a combination thereof is preferable, and a group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 60 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the following are mentioned as an example of an aryl group.
  • examples of R 11 include diamine residues remaining after removal of the amino group of the following diamine.
  • R 11 examples include diamine residues remaining after removal of the amino groups of diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) shown below.
  • R 11 is a diamine residue remaining after removal of an amino group of a diamine having two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain.
  • Preferred is a diamine residue containing two or more ethylene glycol chains or propylene glycol chains in one molecule, and more preferred is a diamine residue containing no aromatic ring.
  • Examples include Jeffamine (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D-4000 ( Trade names, manufactured by HUNTSMAN Co., Ltd.), 1- (2- (2- (2-aminopropoxy) ethoxy) propoxy) propan-2-amine, 1- (1- (1- (2-aminopropoxy) propane -2-yl) oxy) propan-2-amine, but is not limited thereto.
  • the structures of Jeffamine (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, and EDR-176 are shown below.
  • x, y, and z are average values.
  • R 12 represents a tetravalent organic group, preferably a tetravalent group containing an aromatic ring, represented by the following general formula (1-1) or general formula (1-2). More preferred are the groups
  • R 112 represents a single bond or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, —CO—, —S—, — It is preferably a group selected from SO 2 — and —NHCO—, and combinations thereof.
  • a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, More preferably, it is a divalent group selected from —CO—, —S— and —SO 2 —, —CH 2 —, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, —C (CH 3 ) 2 —, More preferred is a divalent group selected from the group consisting of —O—, —CO—, —S— and —SO 2 —.
  • R 12 examples include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removal of the anhydride group from tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Specific examples include tetracarboxylic acid residues remaining after the removal of anhydride groups from the following tetracarboxylic dianhydrides.
  • examples of R 12 include tetracarboxylic acid residues remaining after removal of anhydride groups from tetracarboxylic dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) shown below.
  • R 12 preferably has an OH group. More specifically, examples of R 12 include tetracarboxylic acid residues remaining after removal of anhydride groups from the above (DAA-1) to (DAA-5).
  • R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • a substituent that improves the solubility in a developer is preferably used.
  • R 13 and R 14 are a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and the monovalent organic group is a 1, 2 bonded to a carbon atom of an aryl group.
  • an aryl group and an aralkyl group having three, preferably one, acid groups are exemplified. Specific examples include an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms having an acidic group and an aralkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms having an acidic group. More specifically, a phenyl group having an acidic group and a benzyl group having an acidic group can be mentioned.
  • the acidic group is preferably an OH group.
  • R 13 and R 14 are preferably a hydrogen atom, 2-hydroxybenzyl, 3-hydroxybenzyl and 4-hydroxybenzyl from the viewpoint of solubility in an aqueous developer.
  • R 13 and R 14 are preferably monovalent organic groups.
  • the monovalent organic group preferably includes an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group, and more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • linear or branched alkyl group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, a tetradecyl group, and an octadecyl group.
  • the cyclic alkyl group may be a monocyclic cycloalkyl group or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group.
  • Examples of the monocyclic cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • Examples of the polycyclic cycloalkyl group include an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, a bornyl group, a camphenyl group, a decahydronaphthyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a camphoroyl group, a dicyclohexyl group, and a pinenyl group. Can be mentioned. Among these, a cyclohexyl group is most preferable from the viewpoint of achieving high sensitivity. Moreover, as an alkyl group substituted by the aryl group, the linear alkyl group substituted by the aryl group mentioned later is preferable.
  • aryl group examples include substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, heptalene ring, indecene ring, perylene ring, pentacene ring, acenaphthecene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene.
  • Examples of the polymerizable group possessed by R 13 and R 14 include an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a blocked isocyanate group, an alkoxymethyl group, a methylol group, and an amino group.
  • a preferred embodiment of R 13 and R 14, is exemplified embodiments comprising a radical polymerizable group, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is more preferable.
  • Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a group represented by the following formula (III), and the like.
  • R 200 represents hydrogen or methyl, and methyl is more preferable.
  • R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — or a polyoxyalkylene group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • suitable R 201 are ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, 1,2-butanediyl, 1,3-butanediyl, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, octamethylene, dodecamethylene, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 —, And ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, and —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — are more preferable.
  • R 200 is methyl and R 201 is ethylene.
  • R 13 and R 14 in the general formula (1) contain a polymerizable group (preferably a radical polymerizable group)
  • the molar ratio of polymerizable group: no polymerizable group is preferably 100: 0 to 5:95, more preferably 100: 0 to 20:80, and still more preferably 100: 0 to 50:50.
  • the counter amine salt may be formed with the tertiary amine compound.
  • tertiary amine compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include N, N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.
  • the polyimide precursor preferably has a fluorine atom in the structural unit from the viewpoint of improving resolution.
  • the fluorine atom imparts water repellency to the surface of the film during alkali development, and soaking in from the surface can be suppressed.
  • the fluorine atom content in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10% by mass or more, and preferably 20% by mass or less from the viewpoint of solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution.
  • the polyimide precursor may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure.
  • the diamine component include bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane and bis (p-aminophenyl) octamethylpentasiloxane.
  • the polyimide precursor is end-capped with a main chain end such as monoamine, acid anhydride, monocarboxylic acid, monoacid chloride compound, monoactive ester compound, etc. It is preferable to seal with an agent. Of these, it is more preferable to use a monoamine.
  • a monoamine include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene and 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene.
  • the polyimide precursor used by this invention may consist of the repeating unit represented by General formula (1), and the other repeating unit which is another imide precursor.
  • the proportion of the other repeating units in the polyimide precursor is preferably 1 to 60 mol%, and more preferably 5 to 50 mol%.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can also be configured to contain substantially no other polyimide precursor other than the polyimide precursor containing the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1). “Substantially free” means, for example, that the content of the other polyimide precursor contained in the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is 3% by mass or less of the content of the polyimide precursor. Say.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 20000 to 28000, more preferably 22000 to 27000, and further preferably 23000 to 25000.
  • the degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) of the polyimide precursor is not particularly defined, but is preferably 1.0 or more, more preferably 2.5 or more, and further preferably 2.8 or more. preferable.
  • the upper limit of the degree of dispersion of the polyimide precursor is not particularly defined, but is preferably 4.5 or less, for example, or 3.4 or less.
  • the content of the polyimide precursor in the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 50 to 99% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition. 60 to 99% by mass is more preferable, and 70 to 99% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain other resin components without departing from the spirit of the present invention.
  • other resin components include polybenzoxazole precursors and polyimide resins.
  • it can also be set as the structure which does not contain resin other than a polyimide precursor substantially. “Substantially free” means, for example, that the content of the resin other than the polyimide precursor contained in the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is 3% by mass or less of the content of the polyimide precursor. .
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a radical polymerization initiator. Negative development can be performed by initiating polymerization of a radical polymerizable group that the polyimide precursor may have or a radical polymerizable compound described later.
  • the radical polymerization initiator may be a radical photopolymerization initiator or a thermal radical polymerization initiator, but is preferably a radical photopolymerization initiator. More specifically, after applying a negative photosensitive resin composition to a semiconductor wafer or the like to form a layered composition layer, irradiation with light causes curing by radicals, and solubility in the light irradiation part. Can be reduced. For this reason, there exists an advantage that the area
  • the radical photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate a polymerization reaction (crosslinking reaction) of a radically polymerizable compound or the like, and can be appropriately selected from known radical photopolymerization initiators. For example, those having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region are preferable. Further, it may be an activator that generates some active radicals by generating some action with the photoexcited sensitizer.
  • the radical photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar extinction coefficient of at least about 50 within a range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar extinction coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g / L.
  • radical photopolymerization initiator known compounds can be used without limitation.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives for example, those having a triazine skeleton, those having an oxadiazole skeleton, those having a trihalomethyl group
  • Acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, oxime compounds such as hexaarylbiimidazole and oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenone, azo Compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organic boron compounds, iron arene complexes, and the like.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives having a triazine skeleton examples include those described in Wakabayashi et al., Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan, 42, 2924 (1969), a compound described in GB 1388492, a compound described in JP-A-53-133428, a compound described in DE 3337024, F . C. J. Schaefer et al. Org. Chem. 29, 1527 (1964), compounds described in JP-A-62-258241, compounds described in JP-A-5-281728, compounds described in JP-A-5-34920, Examples thereof include compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 4221976.
  • Examples of the compounds described in US Pat. No. 4,221,976 include compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton (for example, 2-trichloromethyl-5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloro Methyl-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5- (1-naphthyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5 (2-naphthyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-tribromomethyl-5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-tribromomethyl-5- (2-naphthyl)- 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-styryl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5- (4-chlorostyryl) 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-
  • photo radical polymerization initiators other than those described above, polyhalogen compounds (for example, 9-phenylacridine, 1,7-bis (9,9′-acridinyl) heptane, etc.), N-phenylglycine (for example, 9-phenylacridine, etc.) , Carbon tetrabromide, phenyltribromomethylsulfone, phenyltrichloromethylketone, etc.), coumarins (for example, 3- (2-benzofuranoyl) -7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3- (2-benzofuroyl) -7- ( 1-pyrrolidinyl) coumarin, 3-benzoyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3- (2-methoxybenzoyl) -7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3- (4-dimethylaminobenzoyl) -7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3,3′-carbonyl Bis (5,7-di-di
  • Titanocene compound bis ( ⁇ 5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl) -bis (2,6-difluoro-3- (1H-pyrrol-1-yl) -phenyl) titanium, ⁇ 5-cyclopentadienyl- ⁇ 6-cumenyl-iron (1 +)-hexafluorophosphate (1-), etc.), JP-A 53-133428, JP-B 57-1819, JP 57-6096, and US Pat. No. 3,615,455. And the compounds described in the book.
  • ketone compound examples include benzophenone, 2-methylbenzophenone, 3-methylbenzophenone, 4-methylbenzophenone, 4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4-chlorobenzophenone, 4-bromobenzophenone, 2-carboxybenzophenone, 2 -Ethoxycarbonylbenzophenone, benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid or its tetramethyl ester, 4,4'-bis (dialkylamino) benzophenones (eg 4,4'-bis (dimethylamino) benzophenone, 4,4'-bis (dicyclohexyl) Amino) benzophenone, 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, 4,4′-bis (dihydroxyethylamino) benzophenone, 4-methoxy-4′-dimethylaminobenzopheno 4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 4-dimethylaminobenzophen
  • hydroxyacetophenone compounds As the photoradical polymerization initiator, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds can also be suitably used. More specifically, for example, aminoacetophenone initiators described in JP-A-10-291969 and acylphosphine oxide initiators described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.
  • hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE-127 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • aminoacetophenone-based initiator commercially available products IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used. IRGACURE is a registered trademark.
  • aminoacetophenone-based initiator compounds described in JP-A-2009-191179 whose absorption wavelength is matched with a light source of 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used.
  • acylphosphine initiator commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF) can be used.
  • an oxime compound is more preferable.
  • Specific examples of the oxime initiator include compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A No. 2000-80068, and compounds described in JP-A No. 2006-342166. .
  • Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutan-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxy And imino-1-phenylpropan-1-one.
  • Examples of oxime compounds include J.M. C. S. Perkin II (1979) pp. 1653-1660, J.A. C. S. Perkin II (1979) pp. 156-162, and Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995) pp. And the compounds described in JP-A 2000-66385, JP-A 2000-80068, JP-T 2004-534797, and JP-A 2006-342166.
  • IRGACURE-OXE01 manufactured by BASF
  • IRGACURE-OXE02 manufactured by BASF
  • N-1919 manufactured by ADEKA
  • JP-A-2007-231000 and JP-A-2007-322744 can also be suitably used.
  • the cyclic oxime compounds fused to carbazole dyes described in JP2010-32985A and JP2010-185072A have high light absorption and high sensitivity. It is preferable from the viewpoint.
  • a compound described in JP-A-2009-242469, which is a compound having an unsaturated bond at a specific site of the oxime compound can also be suitably used.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorine atom It is also possible to use an oxime compound having a fluorine atom.
  • an initiator include compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph No. 0345 of JP 2014-500852 A, JP Examples thereof include compound (C-3) described in paragraph No. 0101 of 2013-164471.
  • Specific examples include the following compounds.
  • As the most preferred oxime compounds there are oxime compounds having a specific substituent, as disclosed in JP 2007-267979 A, and oxime compounds having a thioaryl group, as disclosed in JP 2009-191061 A.
  • the photo radical polymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethyl ketal compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, Selected from the group consisting of allylimidazole dimer, onium compound, benzothiazole compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex and salt thereof, halomethyloxadiazole compound, 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound Are preferred.
  • trihalomethyltriazine compounds More preferred are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium compounds, benzophenone compounds, and acetophenone compounds, and more preferred are trihalomethyltriazine compounds. , ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds, and most preferably oxime compounds.
  • the content of the radical polymerization initiator is preferably from 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably from 0.1 to 20% by mass, still more preferably from 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition. 1 to 10% by mass. Further, the radical polymerization initiator is preferably contained in an amount of 1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass. Only one type of radical polymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more radical polymerization initiators, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains at least one first polymerization inhibitor selected from compounds having an aromatic hydroxyl group.
  • a polymerization inhibitor mainly has a strong polymerization inhibitory effect on a compound having a radical polymerizable group in the presence of oxygen.
  • the compound having an aromatic hydroxyl group is preferably a compound represented by the formula (101).
  • Formula (101) In the formula (101), m represents an integer of 1 to 5, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, and each of the n R 101 independently represents a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom). Atom), a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group optionally having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • halogen atom a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom. Atom
  • Atom a cyano group
  • a hydroxyl group an alkyl group optionally having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • Examples include multivalent linking groups selected from a combination of groups.
  • two or more groups represented by R 101 may be bonded
  • the group represented by R 101 may have a substituent on an introduceable carbon atom.
  • substituents that can be introduced include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, hydroxyl groups, cyano groups, halogen atoms (fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms, iodine atoms), amino groups, alkylamino groups, alkoxy groups, and A (meth) acryloyl group etc. can be illustrated.
  • X 101 does not exist when m is 1, and represents an m-valent linking group when m is 2 or more, specifically a single bond, a carbonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a thio group, a sulfonyl group, Sulfinyl group, oxy group, phosphonic acid ester group, alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, imino group, aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms excluding m hydrogen atoms , An m-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms from which m hydrogen atoms have been removed, a 6 to 12-membered heterocyclic group by removing m hydrogen atoms from a heterocyclic ring such as triazine and dioxane, and Combinations of these linking groups and the like can be mentioned, and the carbon atom that can be introduced may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is preferably the same
  • the linking group X 101 is not present. In this case, it may have a monovalent substituent group in place of X 101, as the monovalent substituent is exemplified the same groups as R 101, combined with R 101 substituted on the benzene rings A structure may be formed and may be bonded to the benzene ring via a linking group.
  • the first polymerization inhibitor examples include 4-methoxyphenol, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4 -Hydroxyphenyl) propionate], thiodiethylenebis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], octadecyl-3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy Phenyl) propionate, N, N′-hexane-1,6-diylbis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionamide], 3,3 ′, 3 ′′, 5,5 ', 5 "-hexa-tert-butyl-a, a', a"-(mesitylene-2,4,6-triyl) tri-p-cresol, 4,6
  • a preferred example is 3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionic acid alkyl ester.
  • the alkyl chain portion of the alkyl ester here preferably has 7 to 9 carbon atoms.
  • the content of the first polymerization inhibitor in the negative photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition.
  • the lower limit of the content of the first polymerization inhibitor is more preferably 0.02% by mass or more, and further preferably 0.03% by mass or more.
  • 3 mass% or less is more preferable, and 1 mass% or less is further more preferable. Only 1 type may be sufficient as a 1st polymerization inhibitor, and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it.
  • the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains at least one second polymerization inhibitor selected from nitroso compounds, N-oxide compounds, quinone compounds, N-oxyl compounds, and phenothiazine compounds.
  • a polymerization inhibitor mainly has a strong polymerization inhibitory effect on a compound having a radical polymerizable group in the presence of non-oxygen.
  • the second polymerization inhibitor nitroso compounds include nitrosobenzene, 2-nitrosotoluene, 1,2,4,5-tetramethyl-3-nitrosobenzene, 4-nitrosophenol, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2 -Nitroso-1-naphthol, 4-nitroso-diphenylamine, 3,5-dibromo-4-nitrosobenzenesulfonic acid, N-nitrosopyrrolidine, Nt-butyl-N-nitrosoaniline, N-nitrosodimethylamine, N- Nitrosodiethylamine, 1-nitrosopiperidine, 4-nitrosomorpholine, N-nitroso-N-methylbutylamine, N-nitroso-N-ethylurea, N-nitrosohexamethyleneimine, N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine primary cerium salt and N- Nitrosophenylhydroxyamine Salt, 2,4,6-Tris-t- butyl
  • N-oxide compounds include phenyl-t-butylnitrone, 3,3,5,5-tetramethyl-1-pyrroline-N-oxide, 5,5-dimethyl-1-pyrroline N-oxide, 4-methylmorpholine.
  • Examples include N-oxide, pyridine N-oxide, 4-nitropyridine N-oxide, 3-hydroxypyridine N-oxide, picolinic acid N-oxide, nicotinic acid N-oxide, and isonicotinic acid N-oxide.
  • quinone compounds include p-benzoquinone, p-xyloquinone, p-toluquinone, 2,6-dimethyl-1,4-benzoquinone, tetramethyl-1,4-benzoquinone, 2-tert-butyl-p-benzoquinone, 2, 5-di-tert-butyl-1,4-benzoquinone, 2,6-di-tert-1,4-benzoquinone, thymoquinone, 2,5-di-tert-amylbenzoquinone, 2-bromo-1,4-benzoquinone 2,5-dibromo-1,4-benzoquinone, 2,5-dichloro-1,4-benzoquinone, 2,6-dichloro-1,4-benzoquinone, 2-bromo-5-methyl-1,4-benzoquinone Tetrafluoro-1,4-benzoquinone, tetrabromo-1,
  • N-oxyl compounds include 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl, 4-cyano-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl, 4-amino-2,2,6. , 6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl, 4-carboxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl, 4-methoxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl, 4- Hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl, 4-methacryloyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl, piperidine 1-oxyl free radical, 4-oxo-2, 2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical, 4-acetamido-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1- Xylyl free radical, 4-maleimido-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical, and 4-phosphonoxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine
  • phenothiazine compound examples include phenothiazine, 10-methylphenothiazine, 2-methylthiophenothiazine, 2-chlorophenothiazine, 2-ethylthiophenothiazine, 2- (trifluoromethyl) phenothiazine, and 2-methoxyphenothiazine.
  • the second polymerization inhibitor is preferably selected from quinone compounds and N-oxyl compounds.
  • the content of the second polymerization inhibitor in the negative photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition.
  • the lower limit value of the content of the second polymerization inhibitor is more preferably 0.02% by mass or more, and further preferably 0.03% by mass or more.
  • As an upper limit 3 mass% or less is more preferable, and 1 mass% or less is further more preferable.
  • the second polymerization inhibitor may be only one type or two or more types. When the number of second polymerization inhibitors is two or more, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • the mass ratio between the first polymerization inhibitor and the second polymerization inhibitor is not particularly defined, but is preferably 1:99 to 99: 1, and preferably 90:10 to 10:90. More preferably, it is 70:30 to 30:70. By setting such a range, the exposure latitude tends to be wider.
  • a polymerization inhibitor other than the first polymerization inhibitor and the second polymerization inhibitor may be included.
  • it can also be set as the structure which does not contain polymerization inhibitors other than the said 1st polymerization inhibitor and a 2nd polymerization inhibitor.
  • “Substantially free” means that, among the polymerization inhibitors contained in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, the amount of other polymerization inhibitors is 5% by mass or less of the total amount of the polymerization inhibitor.
  • the mass ratio of the first polymerization inhibitor to the radical polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01: 99.99 to 20:80, more preferably 1:99 to 10:90. By setting such a range, the exposure latitude tends to be wider.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a radical polymerizable compound other than the polyimide precursor.
  • a radical polymerizable compound By containing a radically polymerizable compound, a cured film having better heat resistance can be formed. Furthermore, pattern formation can also be performed by photolithography.
  • the radical polymerizable compound a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferable, and a compound containing two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups is more preferable.
  • the radically polymerizable compound may be in any of chemical forms such as monomers, prepolymers, oligomers and mixtures thereof, and multimers thereof.
  • a monomer type radical polymerizable compound (hereinafter also referred to as a radical polymerizable monomer) is a compound different from a polymer compound.
  • the radical polymerizable monomer is typically a low molecular compound, preferably a low molecular compound having a molecular weight of 2000 or less, more preferably a low molecular compound having a molecular weight of 1500 or less, and a low molecular compound having a molecular weight of 900 or less. More preferably, it is a compound.
  • the molecular weight of the radical polymerizable monomer is usually 100 or more.
  • the oligomer type radical polymerizable compound is typically a polymer having a relatively low molecular weight, and is preferably a polymer in which 10 to 100 radical polymerizable monomers are bonded.
  • the molecular weight is preferably 2000 to 20000, more preferably 2000 to 15000, and still more preferably 2000 to 10000 in terms of polystyrene in gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • the number of functional groups of the radical polymerizable compound means the number of radical polymerizable groups in one molecule.
  • the radical polymerizable compound preferably contains at least one bifunctional or higher functional radical polymerizable compound containing two or more radical polymerizable groups, and preferably contains at least one bifunctional or tetrafunctional radical polymerizable compound. More preferably, one kind is included.
  • ⁇ Compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond As a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a styryl group, a vinyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group and a (meth) allyl group are preferable, and a (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) and esters thereof, amides, and these Preferred are an ester of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a polyhydric alcohol compound, an amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a polyvalent amine compound, and a multimer thereof.
  • unsaturated carboxylic acids for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.
  • esters thereof esters thereof, amides
  • these Preferred are an ester of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a polyhydric alcohol compound, an amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a polyvalent amine compound, and a multimer thereof.
  • an addition reaction product of an ester or amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a mercapto group, and a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy, or a monofunctional or A dehydration condensation reaction product with a polyfunctional carboxylic acid is also preferably used.
  • a substitution reaction product of an ester or amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid having a leaving substituent such as a group or a tosyloxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol is also suitable.
  • esters of polyhydric alcohol compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include acrylic acid esters such as ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, and tetramethylene glycol diacrylate.
  • Methacrylic acid esters include tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, trimethylolethane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,3-butanediol dimethacrylate, Hexanediol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol dimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, sorbitol trimethacrylate, sorbitol tetramethacrylate, bis [p- (3-methacryloxy- 2-hydroxyp Epoxy) phenyl] dimethyl methane, bis - [p- (me
  • Itaconic acid esters include ethylene glycol diitaconate, propylene glycol diitaconate, 1,3-butanediol diitaconate, 1,4-butanediol diitaconate, tetramethylene glycol diitaconate, pentaerythritol diitaconate And sorbitol tetritaconate.
  • crotonic acid esters examples include ethylene glycol dicrotonate, tetramethylene glycol dicrotonate, pentaerythritol dicrotonate, and sorbitol tetradicrotonate.
  • isocrotonic acid esters examples include ethylene glycol diisocrotonate, pentaerythritol diisocrotonate, and sorbitol tetraisocrotonate.
  • maleic acid esters examples include ethylene glycol dimaleate, triethylene glycol dimaleate, pentaerythritol dimaleate, and sorbitol tetramaleate.
  • esters examples include aliphatic alcohol esters described in JP-B-46-27926, JP-B-51-47334, JP-A-57-196231, and JP-A-59-5240.
  • the compounds having an aromatic skeleton described in JP-A No. 59-5241, JP-A-2-226149, compounds containing an amino group described in JP-A 1-165613, and the like are also preferably used. It is done.
  • amide monomers of polyvalent amine compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include methylene bis-acrylamide, methylene bis-methacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bis-acrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bis-methacrylic.
  • examples include amide, diethylenetriamine trisacrylamide, xylylene bisacrylamide, and xylylene bismethacrylamide.
  • Examples of other preferable amide monomers include monomers having a cyclohexylene structure described in JP-B No. 54-21726.
  • urethane-based addition-polymerizable monomers produced using an addition reaction of isocyanate and hydroxyl group are also suitable.
  • Specific examples thereof include, for example, one molecule described in JP-B-48-41708.
  • Examples thereof include a vinylurethane compound containing two or more polymerizable vinyl groups in one molecule obtained by adding a vinyl monomer containing a hydroxyl group to a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups.
  • urethane acrylates as described in JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, JP-B-2-16765, JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56- Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in Japanese Patent No. 17654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-39417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-39418 are also suitable.
  • the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP-A-2009-288705 can also be suitably used in the present invention.
  • the compound which has an ethylenically unsaturated bond the compound which has a boiling point of 100 degreeC or more under a normal pressure is also preferable.
  • monofunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate; polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolethanetri ( (Meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexanediol ( (Meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane
  • n is an integer of 0 to 14, and m is an integer of 1 to 8.
  • a plurality of R and T present in one molecule may be the same or different.
  • Specific examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond represented by the general formulas (MO-1) to (MO-5) are described in paragraph numbers 0248 to 0251 of JP-A-2007-267979. The compound can be suitably used in the present invention.
  • JP-A-10-62986 compounds represented by general formulas (1) and (2) together with specific examples thereof, which are (meth) acrylated after addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol are also included. Can be used as a polymerizable compound.
  • Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include dipentaerythritol triacrylate (as a commercially available product, KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercially available product, KAYARAD D-320).
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond may be a polyfunctional monomer having an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, or a phosphoric acid group.
  • the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is reacted with an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound to form an acid group.
  • More preferred are polyfunctional monomers, particularly preferably those in which the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and / or dipentaerythritol.
  • Examples of commercially available products include M-510 and M-520, which are polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group one kind may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be mixed and used. Moreover, you may use together the polyfunctional monomer which does not have an acid group, and the polyfunctional monomer which has an acid group as needed.
  • a preferable acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. When the acid value of the polyfunctional monomer is in the above range, the production and handling properties are excellent, and further, the developability is excellent. Moreover, radical polymerizability is favorable.
  • a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used.
  • the compound having a caprolactone structure and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone structure in the molecule.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • m represents a number of 1 or 2
  • “*” represents a bond.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and “*” represents a bond.
  • the compounds having a caprolactone structure and an ethylenically unsaturated bond can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is also preferably at least one selected from the group of compounds represented by the following general formula (i) or (ii).
  • each E independently represents — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) —
  • Each y independently represents an integer of 0 to 10
  • each X independently represents a (meth) acryloyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carboxyl group.
  • the total number of (meth) acryloyl groups is 3 or 4
  • each m independently represents an integer of 0 to 10
  • the total of each m is an integer of 0 to 40.
  • any one of X is a carboxyl group.
  • the total number of (meth) acryloyl groups is 5 or 6, each n independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each n is an integer of 0 to 60. However, when the total of each n is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.
  • m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the total of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8.
  • n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the total of each n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12.
  • bonds with is preferable.
  • a form in which all six Xs are acryloyl groups is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (i) or (ii) is a conventionally known process in which a ring-opening skeleton is bonded by a ring-opening addition reaction of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide with pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol. And a step of introducing a (meth) acryloyl group by reacting, for example, (meth) acryloyl chloride with the terminal hydroxyl group of the ring-opening skeleton. Each step is a well-known step, and a person skilled in the art can easily synthesize a compound represented by the general formula (i) or (ii).
  • pentaerythritol derivatives and dipentaerythritol derivatives are more preferable.
  • Specific examples include compounds represented by the following formulas (a) to (f) (hereinafter also referred to as “exemplary compounds (a) to (f)”).
  • exemplary compounds (a), (f) b), (e) and (f) are preferred.
  • Examples of commercially available polymerizable compounds represented by general formulas (i) and (ii) include SR-494, a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartomer, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. DPCA-60, which is a hexafunctional acrylate having six pentyleneoxy chains, and TPA-330, which is a trifunctional acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy chains.
  • Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include those described in JP-B-48-41708, JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, and JP-B-2-16765.
  • Urethane acrylates and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable. It is.
  • polymerizable compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-1-105238 are described as polymerizable compounds. Monomers can also be used.
  • urethane oligomer UAS-10 UAB-140 (manufactured by Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co., Ltd.), NK ester M-40G, NK ester 4G, NK ester M-9300, NK ester A -9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Bremer PME400 (manufactured by NOF Corporation) and the like can be mentioned.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond preferably has a partial structure represented by the following formula from the viewpoint of heat resistance. However, * in the formula is a connecting hand.
  • Specific examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond having the above partial structure include, for example, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide-modified di (meth) acrylate, and isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide-modified tri (meth).
  • the content of the radical polymerizable compound is 1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition from the viewpoint of good radical polymerizability and heat resistance. Is preferred.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • a radically polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the mass ratio of the polyimide precursor to the compound having a radical polymerizable compound is preferably 98/2 to 10/90, more preferably 95/5 to 30/70, 90/10 to 50/50 is more preferable.
  • the mass ratio of a polyimide precursor and a radically polymerizable compound is the said range, the cured film excellent in sclerosis
  • the radical polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a photobase generator.
  • a photobase generator generates a base upon exposure and does not exhibit activity under normal conditions of normal temperature and pressure. However, when an electromagnetic wave is irradiated and heated as an external stimulus, the base (basic substance) is generated. ) Is not particularly limited as long as it generates. Since the base generated by the exposure works as a catalyst for curing the polyimide precursor by heating, it can be suitably used in the negative type.
  • the content of the photobase generator is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired pattern, and can be a general content.
  • the content of the photobase generator is preferably in the range of 0.01 parts by weight or more and less than 30 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the negative photosensitive resin composition, and 0.05 parts by weight to 25 parts by weight. More preferably, it is in the range of 0.1 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass.
  • photobase generators can be used.
  • Shirai, and M.M. Tsunooka Prog. Polym. Sci. , 21, 1 (1996); Masahiro Kadooka, polymer processing, 46, 2 (1997); Kutal, Coord. Chem. Rev. , 211, 353 (2001); Kaneko, A .; Sarker, and D.C. Neckers, Chem. Mater. 11, 170 (1999); Tachi, M .; Shirai, and M.M. Tsunooka, J. et al. Photopolym. Sci. Technol. , 13, 153 (2000); Winkle, and K.K. Graziano, J. et al. Photopolym. Sci.
  • An ionic compound neutralized by forming a salt with a base component, or a nonionic compound in which the base component is made latent by a urethane bond or an oxime bond such as a carbamate derivative, an oxime ester derivative, or an acyl compound can be mentioned.
  • the photobase generator that can be used in the present invention is not particularly limited and known ones can be used.
  • the basic substance generated from the photobase generator is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds having an amino group, particularly monoamines, polyamines such as diamines, and amidines.
  • the generated basic substance is preferably a compound having an amino group having a higher basicity. This is because the catalytic action for the dehydration condensation reaction or the like in the imidization of the polyimide precursor is strong, and the catalytic effect in the dehydration condensation reaction or the like at a lower temperature can be expressed with a smaller amount of addition. That is, since the catalytic effect of the generated basic substance is large, the apparent sensitivity as a negative photosensitive resin composition is improved. From the viewpoint of the catalytic effect, an amidine and an aliphatic amine are preferable.
  • the photobase generator is preferably a photobase generator that does not contain salt in the structure. It is preferred that there is no charge on the nitrogen atom of the base moiety generated in the photobase generator.
  • the generated base is preferably latentized using a covalent bond, and the base generation mechanism is such that the covalent bond between the nitrogen atom of the generated base moiety and the adjacent atom is cleaved. More preferably, the compound generates a base.
  • the photobase generator does not contain a salt in the structure, the photobase generator can be neutralized, so that the solvent solubility is good and the pot life is improved.
  • the amine generated from the photobase generator used in the present invention is preferably a primary amine or a secondary amine.
  • the photobase generator preferably has a latent base generated using a covalent bond as described above. More preferably, the generated base is latentized using an amide bond, carbamate bond, or oxime bond.
  • the base generator according to the present invention include a base generator having a cinnamic acid amide structure as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-80452 and International Publication No. WO 2009/123122, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-189591.
  • the photobase generator that can be used in the present invention will be described with specific examples.
  • the ionic compound include those having the following structural formula.
  • acyl compound examples include compounds represented by the following formula.
  • examples of the photobase generator include compounds represented by the following general formula (PB-1).
  • R 41 and R 42 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and may be the same or different, provided that at least one of R 41 and R 42 is present.
  • R 41 and R 42 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure and may contain a heteroatom bond, and R 43 and R 44 are each an organic group.
  • R 45, R 46, R 47 and R 48 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom , Hydroxyl group, mercapto group, sulfide group, silyl group, silanol group, nitro group, nitroso group, sulfino group, sulfo group, sulfonate group, phosphino group, phosphinyl group, phosphono group, phosphonate group, or an organic group, may be different even in the same .
  • R 45, R 46, R 47 and R 48 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom , Hydroxyl group, mercapto group, sulfide group, silyl group, silanol group, nitro group, nitroso group, sulfino group, sulfo group, sulfonate group, phosphino group, phosphinyl group, phosphono group, phosphonato group, amino group, ammoni
  • examples of the photobase generator include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0185 to 0188, 0199 to 0200 and 0202 of JP2012-93746A, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0069 of JP2013-194205A. Examples thereof include compounds described in JP-A-2013-204019, paragraphs 0026 to 0074, and compounds described in paragraph No. 0052 of WO2010 / 064631.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal base generator.
  • the type of the thermal base generator is not particularly defined, but is selected from an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher, and an ammonium salt having an anion having an pKa1 of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. It is preferable to include a thermal base generator containing at least one kind.
  • pKa1 represents a logarithmic representation ( ⁇ Log 10 Ka) of the dissociation constant (Ka) of the first proton of the polyvalent acid.
  • the cyclization reaction of a polyimide precursor can be performed at low temperature, and it can be set as the negative photosensitive resin composition excellent in stability more. Moreover, since the base is not generated unless heated, the thermal base generator can suppress cyclization of the polyimide precursor during storage even if it coexists with the polyimide precursor, and is excellent in storage stability.
  • the thermal base generator in the present invention is at least one selected from an acidic compound (A1) that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher, and an ammonium salt (A2) having an anion having a pKa1 of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. including. Since the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) generate a base when heated, the base generated from these compounds can accelerate the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor, thereby cyclizing the polyimide precursor. Can be performed at low temperatures.
  • the base generation temperature of the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) is preferably 40 ° C. or higher, more preferably 120 to 200 ° C.
  • the upper limit of the base generation temperature is more preferably 190 ° C or lower, further preferably 180 ° C or lower, and further preferably 165 ° C or lower.
  • the lower limit of the base generation temperature is more preferably 130 ° C or higher, and still more preferably 135 ° C or higher. If the base generation temperature of the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) is 120 ° C. or higher, it is difficult to generate a base during storage. Therefore, it is possible to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition having excellent stability. it can.
  • the cyclization temperature of the polyimide precursor can be lowered.
  • the base generation temperature is measured, for example, by using differential scanning calorimetry, heating the compound to 250 ° C. at 5 ° C./min in a pressure capsule, reading the peak temperature of the lowest exothermic peak, and measuring the peak temperature as the base generation temperature. can do.
  • the base generated by the thermal base generator is preferably a secondary amine or a tertiary amine, more preferably a tertiary amine. Since tertiary amine has high basicity, the cyclization temperature of a polyimide precursor can be made lower. Further, the boiling point of the base generated by the thermal base generator is preferably 80 ° C. or higher, more preferably 100 ° C. or higher, and most preferably 140 ° C. or higher. The molecular weight of the generated base is preferably 80 to 2000. The lower limit is more preferably 100 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 500 or less. The molecular weight value is a theoretical value obtained from the structural formula.
  • the acidic compound (A1) preferably contains one or more selected from an ammonium salt and a compound represented by the general formula (A1) described later.
  • the ammonium salt (A2) is preferably an acidic compound.
  • the ammonium salt (A2) may be a compound containing an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher (preferably 120 to 200 ° C.), or 40 ° C. or higher (preferably 120 to 200 ° C.). ) May be a compound other than an acidic compound that generates a base when heated.
  • the ammonium salt means a salt of an ammonium cation represented by the following general formula (1) or general formula (2) and an anion.
  • the anion may be bonded to any part of the ammonium cation via a covalent bond, and may be outside the molecule of the ammonium cation, but is preferably outside the molecule of the ammonium cation.
  • numerator of an ammonium cation means the case where an ammonium cation and an anion are not couple
  • the anion outside the molecule of the cation moiety is also referred to as a counter anion.
  • R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group
  • R 7 represents a hydrocarbon group
  • R 1 and R 2 , R 3 and R 4 , R 5 and R 6 , R 5 and R 7 may be bonded to form a ring.
  • the ammonium salt preferably has an anion having an pKa1 of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation.
  • the upper limit of the anion pKa1 is more preferably 3.5 or less, and even more preferably 3.2 or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5 or more, and further preferably 1.0 or more. If the pKa1 of the anion is in the above range, the polyimide precursor can be cyclized at a low temperature, and further, the stability of the negative photosensitive resin composition can be improved. If pKa1 is 4 or less, the stability of the thermal base generator is good, the generation of a base without heating can be suppressed, and the stability of the negative photosensitive resin composition is good.
  • the kind of anion is preferably one selected from a carboxylate anion, a phenol anion, a phosphate anion, and a sulfate anion, and a carboxylate anion is more preferable because both the stability of the salt and the thermal decomposability can be achieved. That is, the ammonium salt is more preferably a salt of an ammonium cation and a carboxylate anion.
  • the carboxylic acid anion is preferably a divalent or higher carboxylic acid anion having two or more carboxyl groups, and more preferably a divalent carboxylic acid anion.
  • the stability, curability and developability of the negative photosensitive resin composition can be further improved by using an anion of a divalent carboxylic acid.
  • the carboxylic acid anion is preferably a carboxylic acid anion having a pKa1 of 4 or less.
  • pKa1 is more preferably 3.5 or less, and even more preferably 3.2 or less.
  • the stability of the negative photosensitive resin composition can be further improved.
  • pKa1 represents the logarithm of the reciprocal of the first dissociation constant of the acid.
  • the carboxylate anion is preferably represented by the following general formula (X1).
  • EWG represents an electron-withdrawing group.
  • the electron-withdrawing group means a group having a positive Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ m.
  • ⁇ m is a review by Yugo Tono, Journal of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, Vol. 23, No. 8 (1965) P.I. 631-642.
  • the electron-withdrawing group of the present invention is not limited to the substituents described in the above documents.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Ac represents an acetyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • EWG preferably represents a group represented by the following general formulas (EWG-1) to (EWG-6).
  • R x1 to R x3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, or a carboxyl group
  • Ar represents an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
  • substituents examples include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.
  • a carboxyl group is preferable.
  • the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
  • substituent examples include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.
  • a carboxyl group is preferable.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later. As the substituent, a carboxyl group is preferable.
  • the carboxylate anion is also preferably represented by the following general formula (X).
  • L 10 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group selected from an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group, —NR X —, and a combination thereof
  • R X represents a hydrogen atom Represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkylene group represented by L 10 preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the alkylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.
  • the alkenylene group represented by L 10 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the alkenylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the arylene group represented by L 10 is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and still more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the arylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R X is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and still more preferably 1 to 10.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R X preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group represented by R X is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and still more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.
  • carboxylate anion examples include a maleate anion, a phthalate anion, an N-phenyliminodiacetic acid anion, and an oxalate anion. These can be preferably used.
  • ammonium cation is preferably represented by any one of the following general formulas (Y1-1) to (Y1-6).
  • R 101 represents an n-valent organic group
  • R 102 to R 111 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group
  • R 150 and R 151 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group
  • R 104 and R 105 , R 104 and R 150 , R 107 and R 108 , and R 109 and R 110 may be bonded to each other to form a ring
  • Ar 101 and Ar 102 each independently represent an aryl group
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more
  • m represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • R 101 represents an n-valent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, an alkylene group, and an aryl group.
  • the divalent or higher valent organic group include those obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from a monovalent organic group to form an n valent group.
  • R 101 is preferably an aryl group. Specific examples of the aryl group include those described for Ar 10 described later.
  • R 102 ⁇ R 111 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, or a hydrocarbon group
  • R 0.99 and R 151 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group represented by R 102 to R 111 , R 150 and R 151 is preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group, alkenyl group and aryl group may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
  • the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent
  • Ar 101 and Ar 102 each independently represents an aryl group.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
  • R 104 and R 105 , R 104 and R 150 , R 107 and R 108 , and R 109 and R 110 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring include an aliphatic ring (non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring), an aromatic ring, a heterocyclic ring, and the like.
  • the ring may be monocyclic or multicyclic.
  • the linking group is selected from the group consisting of —CO—, —O—, —NH—, a divalent aliphatic group, a divalent aryl group, and combinations thereof.
  • the bivalent coupling group chosen is mentioned.
  • the ring formed include, for example, pyrrolidine ring, pyrrole ring, piperidine ring, pyridine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazine ring, morpholine ring, thiazine ring, indole ring, isoindole.
  • the ammonium cation preferably has a structure represented by the general formula (Y1-1) or (Y1-2), represented by the general formula (Y1-1) or (Y1-2), and R 101 is aryl.
  • a structure that is a group is more preferable, and a structure represented by the general formula (Y1-1), in which R 101 is an aryl group, is particularly preferable.
  • the ammonium cation is more preferably represented by the following general formula (Y).
  • Ar 10 represents an aromatic group
  • R 11 to R 15 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group
  • R 14 and R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • Ar 10 represents an aryl group.
  • the aryl group include a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, heptalene ring, indecene ring, perylene ring, pentacene ring, acenaphthene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring.
  • a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenothiazine ring, or a carbazole ring is preferable, and a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring is most preferable.
  • aryl groups the substituents which may have include those described in the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group.
  • R 11 and R 12 are preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of the linear or branched alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, a tetradecyl group, and an octadecyl group.
  • the cyclic alkyl group may be a monocyclic cycloalkyl group or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group.
  • Examples of the monocyclic cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • Examples of the polycyclic cycloalkyl group include an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, a bornyl group, a camphenyl group, a decahydronaphthyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a camphoroyl group, a dicyclohexyl group, and a pinenyl group. Can be mentioned. Among these, a cyclohexyl group is most preferable from the viewpoint of achieving high sensitivity.
  • the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • R 13 to R 15 each represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group include the hydrocarbon groups described above for R 11 and R 12 .
  • R 13 to R 15 are particularly preferably alkyl groups, and preferred embodiments are also the same as those described for R 11 and R 12 .
  • R 14 and R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring include cycloaliphatic (non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring), aromatic ring, heterocyclic ring and the like.
  • the ring may be monocyclic or multicyclic.
  • the linking group is composed of —CO—, —O—, —NH—, a divalent aliphatic group, a divalent aryl group, and combinations thereof. And divalent linking groups selected from the group.
  • the ring formed include, for example, pyrrolidine ring, pyrrole ring, piperidine ring, pyridine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazine ring, morpholine ring, thiazine ring, indole ring, isoindole.
  • R 13 to R 15 are a group in which R 14 and R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring, or R 13 is a linear alkyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms (more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms).
  • R 14 and R 15 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms (more preferably 1 or 2 carbon atoms). According to this aspect, it is possible to easily generate amine species having a high boiling point.
  • R 13 to R 15 are preferably 7 to 30 in terms of the total number of carbon atoms of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 from the viewpoint of the basicity and boiling point of the generated amine species. It is more preferable.
  • the amount of the chemical formula “—NR 13 R 14 R 15 ” in the general formula (Y) is preferably 80 to 2000, and more preferably 100 to 500, because an amine species having a high boiling point is likely to be generated.
  • R 13 and R 14 are a methyl group or an ethyl group, and R 15 is a straight chain having 5 or more carbon atoms
  • examples include a branched or cyclic alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • R 13 and R 14 are methyl groups, and R 15 is a linear alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 6 to 17 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 13 and R 14 are methyl groups
  • R 15 is a linear alkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, or 6 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • a cyclic alkyl group or a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • the acidic compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (A1).
  • This compound is acidic at room temperature, but by heating, the carboxyl group is lost by decarboxylation or dehydration cyclization, and the amine site that has been neutralized and inactivated becomes active. It becomes sex.
  • general formula (A1) is demonstrated.
  • a 1 represents a p-valent organic group
  • R 1 represents a monovalent organic group
  • L 1 represents an (m + 1) -valent organic group
  • m represents an integer of 1 or more
  • P represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • a 1 represents a p-valent organic group.
  • the organic group include an aliphatic group and an aryl group, and an aryl group is preferable.
  • the A 1 and aryl group at lower temperatures, often invites a base having a boiling point higher. By increasing the boiling point of the generated base, volatilization or decomposition due to heating at the time of curing of the polyimide precursor can be suppressed, and cyclization of the polyimide precursor can proceed more effectively.
  • Examples of the monovalent aliphatic group include an alkyl group and an alkenyl group.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
  • Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a tert-butyl group, a dodecyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the alkenyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
  • Examples of the alkenyl group include a vinyl group and a (meth) allyl group.
  • Examples of the divalent or higher aliphatic group include groups obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from the above monovalent aliphatic group.
  • the aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the aryl group may be a heteroaryl group containing a heteroatom.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Unsubstituted is preferred. Specific examples of the aryl group include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, heptalene ring, indecene ring, perylene ring, pentacene ring, acenaphthalene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring, naphthacene ring, chrysene ring.
  • Triphenylene ring Fluorene ring, biphenyl ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, thiazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, indolizine ring, indole ring, benzofuran ring, Benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinolidine ring, quinoline ring, phthalazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinoxazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, phenanthridine ring, acridine ring, phenanthroline ring, Antoren ring, chromene ring, xanthene ring, phenoxathiin ring, a phenothia
  • a plurality of aromatic rings may be linked through a single bond or a linking group described later.
  • the linking group for example, an alkylene group is preferable.
  • the alkylene group is preferably linear or branched.
  • Specific examples of the aryl group in which a plurality of aromatic rings are linked through a single bond or a linking group include biphenyl, diphenylmethane, diphenylpropane, diphenylisopropane, triphenylmethane, and tetraphenylmethane.
  • Examples of the substituent that the organic group represented by A 1 may have include, for example, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom; a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a tert-butoxy group.
  • a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom
  • a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a tert-butoxy group such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • An acyloxy group such as an acetyl group, a benzoyl group, an isobutyryl group, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group and a methoxalyl group; an alkylsulfanyl group such as a methylsulfanyl group and a tert-butylsulfanyl group; And arylsulfanyl groups such as p-tolylsulfanyl group; alkyl groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, tert-butyl group and dodecyl group; halogenated alkyl groups
  • L 1 represents a (m + 1) -valent linking group.
  • the linking group is not particularly limited, and is —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group (preferably a straight chain having 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • the total carbon number of the linking group is preferably 3 or less.
  • the linking group is preferably an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or an alkenylene group, more preferably a linear or branched alkylene group, still more preferably a linear alkylene group, particularly preferably an ethylene group or a methylene group, and most preferably a methylene group.
  • R 1 represents a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group include an aliphatic group and an aryl group. Aliphatic group, for the aryl group include those described in A 1 described above.
  • the monovalent organic group represented by R 1 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include those described above.
  • R 1 is preferably a group having a carboxyl group. That is, R 1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula. -L 2- (COOH) n In the formula, L 2 represents an (n + 1) -valent linking group, and n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • Examples of the linking group represented by L 2 include the groups described above for L 1 , and the preferred ranges are also the same, an ethylene group or a methylene group is particularly preferred, and a methylene group is most preferred.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
  • the upper limit of n is the maximum number of substituents that can take the linking group L 2 represents. If n is 1, a tertiary amine having a high boiling point is likely to be generated by heating at 200 ° C. or lower. Furthermore, the stability of the negative photosensitive resin composition can be improved.
  • m represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
  • the upper limit of m is the maximum number of substituents that the linking group represented by L 1 can take.
  • m 1, a tertiary amine having a high boiling point is likely to be generated by heating at 200 ° C. or lower.
  • p represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
  • the upper limit of p is the maximum number of substituents that can take the organic group A 1 represents. When p is 1, a tertiary amine having a high boiling point is likely to be generated by heating at 200 ° C. or lower.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (A1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (1a).
  • a 1 represents a p-valent organic group
  • L 1 represents an (m + 1) -valent linking group
  • L 2 represents an (n + 1) -valent linking group
  • m is an integer of 1 or more
  • N represents an integer of 1 or more
  • p represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • a 1 , L 1 , L 2 , m, n, and p in the general formula (1a) have the same meanings as the ranges described in the general formula (A1), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (A1) is preferably N-aryliminodiacetic acid.
  • a 1 in the general formula (A1) is an aryl group
  • L 1 and L 2 are methylene groups
  • m is 1
  • n is 1
  • p is 1.
  • N-aryliminodiacetic acid tends to generate a tertiary amine having a high boiling point at 120 to 200 ° C.
  • thermal base generator in this invention is not limited to these. These can be used alone or in admixture of two or more. Me in the following formulas represents a methyl group.
  • (A-1) to (A-11), (A-18), and (A-19) are compounds represented by the above formula (A1). Of the compounds shown below, (A-1) to (A-11), (A-18) to (A-26) are more preferred, and (A-1) to (A-9), (A-18) ) To (A-21), (A-23), and (A-24) are more preferable.
  • thermal base generator used in the present invention, compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0015 to 0055 of Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-034388 are also preferably used, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the content of the thermal base generator in the negative photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and further preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and further preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • 1 type (s) or 2 or more types can be used for a thermal base generator. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount is the said range.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal radical polymerization initiator.
  • a thermal radical polymerization initiator a known thermal radical polymerization initiator can be used.
  • the thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates radicals by heat energy and initiates or accelerates the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound. By adding the thermal radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound can be advanced when the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor is advanced.
  • Thermal radical polymerization initiators include aromatic ketones, onium salt compounds, peroxides, thio compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, ketoxime ester compounds, borate compounds, azinium compounds, metallocene compounds, active ester compounds, carbon halogens. Examples thereof include a compound having a bond and an azo compound. Among these, a peroxide or an azo compound is more preferable, and a peroxide is particularly preferable.
  • the thermal radical polymerization initiator used in the present invention preferably has a 10-hour half-life temperature of 90 to 130 ° C, more preferably 100 to 120 ° C.
  • Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-63554.
  • perbutyl Z and park mill D made by NOF Corporation can be used conveniently.
  • the content of the thermal radical polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition. 0.1 to 30% by mass is more preferable, and 0.1 to 20% by mass is particularly preferable. Further, the thermal radical polymerization initiator is preferably contained in an amount of 0.1 to 50 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable compound. According to this aspect, it is easy to form a cured film having more excellent heat resistance. Only one type of thermal radical polymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more thermal radical polymerization initiators, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • a corrosion inhibitor to the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
  • the corrosion inhibitor is added for the purpose of preventing the outflow of ions from the metal wiring.
  • Examples of the compound include a rust inhibitor described in paragraph No. 0094 of JP2013-15701A, and JP2009-283711A.
  • the compounds described in Paragraph Nos. 0073 to 0076, the compound described in Paragraph No. 0052 of JP 2011-59656 A, the compounds described in Paragraph Nos. 0114, 0116, and 0118 of JP 2012-194520 A are used. be able to.
  • a compound having a triazole ring or a compound having a tetrazole ring can be preferably used.
  • 1,2,4-triazole, 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole, 1H-tetrazole 5-methyl-1H-tetrazole is more preferred, and 1H-tetrazole is most preferred.
  • the corrosion inhibitor is added, the amount of the corrosion inhibitor is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10 parts by weight, more preferably 0.2 to 5 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polyimide precursor. It is a range. Only one type of corrosion inhibitor may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that the sum total is the said range.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver for improving adhesion to a metal material used for electrodes, wirings and the like.
  • metal adhesion improvers include sulfide compounds described in paragraph numbers 0046 to 0049 of JP-A-2014-186186 and paragraph numbers 0032 to 0043 of JP-A-2013-072935.
  • the metal adhesion improver also include the following compounds.
  • the compounding amount of the metal adhesion improver is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts per 100 parts by mass of the polyimide precursor. It is the range of mass parts.
  • membrane and metal after thermosetting becomes favorable, and the heat resistance of the film
  • Only one type of metal adhesion improver may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that the sum total is the said range.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a silane coupling agent in terms of improving the adhesion to the substrate.
  • the silane coupling agent include compounds described in paragraphs 0062 to 0073 of JP2014-191002, compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0071 of WO2011 / 080992A1, and JP2014-191252A. And the compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0061 of JP-A No. 2014-41264, the compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0045 to 0052 of JP 2014-41264 A, and the compounds described in paragraph No. 0055 of WO 2014/097594.
  • the amount of the silane coupling agent is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polyimide precursor. It is. When it is 0.1 part by mass or more, sufficient adhesion to the substrate can be imparted, and when it is 20 parts by mass or less, problems such as an increase in viscosity during storage at room temperature can be further suppressed. Only one type of silane coupling agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that the sum total is the said range.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizing dye.
  • a sensitizing dye absorbs specific actinic radiation and enters an electronically excited state.
  • the sensitizing dye in an electronically excited state is brought into contact with a thermal base generator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photo radical polymerization initiator or the like, and causes actions such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation.
  • a thermal base generator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, and a photo radical polymerization initiator cause a chemical change and are decomposed to generate radicals, acids, or bases.
  • preferable sensitizing dyes include those belonging to the following compounds and having an absorption wavelength in the range of 300 nm to 450 nm.
  • polynuclear aromatics for example, phenanthrene, anthracene, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene, 9.10-dialkoxyanthracene
  • xanthenes for example, fluorescein, eosin, erythrosine, rhodamine B, rose bengal
  • thioxanthones for example, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone
  • cyanines for example thiacarbocyanine, oxacarbocyanine
  • merocyanines for example merocyanine, carbomerocyanine
  • thiazines for example thionine, methylene blue, toluidine blue
  • acridines Eg, acridine orange, chloroflavin, acriflavine
  • anthrdines
  • polynuclear aromatics for example, phenanthrene, anthracene, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene
  • thioxanthones for example, phenanthrene, anthracene, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene
  • thioxanthones for example, thioxanthones
  • distyrylbenzenes for example, thioxanthones
  • distyrylbenzenes for example, phenanthrene, anthracene, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene
  • thioxanthones for example, phenanthrene, anthracene, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene
  • thioxanthones for example, thioxanthones
  • distyrylbenzenes for example, thioxanthones
  • distyrylbenzenes for example, thioxanthones
  • the content of the sensitizing dye is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition, 0.1 Is more preferably 15 to 15% by mass, and further preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass.
  • a sensitizing dye may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent.
  • the chain transfer agent is defined, for example, in Polymer Dictionary 3rd Edition (edited by the Polymer Society, 2005) pages 683-684.
  • As the chain transfer agent for example, a compound group having SH, PH, SiH, GeH in the molecule is used. These can donate hydrogen to low-activity radical species to generate radicals, or can be oxidized and then deprotonated to generate radicals.
  • thiol compounds for example, 2-mercaptobenzimidazoles, 2-mercaptobenzthiazoles, 2-mercaptobenzoxazoles, 3-mercaptotriazoles, 5-mercaptotetrazoles, etc.
  • 2-mercaptobenzimidazoles, 2-mercaptobenzthiazoles, 2-mercaptobenzoxazoles, 3-mercaptotriazoles, 5-mercaptotetrazoles, etc. can be preferably used.
  • the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition. More preferably, it is 1 to 10 parts by mass, and still more preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass. Only one type of chain transfer agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more chain transfer agents, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • Various surfactants may be added to the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving coatability.
  • the surfactant various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
  • a fluorosurfactant liquid properties (particularly fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid are further improved, so that the uniformity of coating thickness and liquid-saving properties can be further improved.
  • the wettability to the coated surface is improved by reducing the interfacial tension between the coated surface and the coating liquid, and the coated surface The coating property of is improved. For this reason, even when a thin film of about several ⁇ m is formed with a small amount of liquid, it is effective in that it is possible to more suitably form a film having a uniform thickness with small thickness unevenness.
  • the fluorine content of the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid-saving properties, and has good solubility.
  • fluorosurfactant examples include Megafac F171, F172, F173, F176, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, F780, F781 (above DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, SC-101, Same SC-103, Same SC-104, Same SC-105, Same SC1068, Same SC-381, Same SC-383, Same S393, Same KH-40 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF636, PF656, PF6320 PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA), and the like.
  • a block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant, and specific examples thereof include compounds described in JP-A-2011-89090.
  • the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorosurfactant used in the present invention.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the above compound is, for example, 14,000.
  • nonionic surfactant examples include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene Stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62 manufactured by BASF, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1) Solsperse 20000 (Lubrizol Japan Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • cationic surfactant examples include phthalocyanine derivatives (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.), organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth) acrylic acid ( Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • phthalocyanine derivatives trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.
  • organosiloxane polymer KP341 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • (meth) acrylic acid ( Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • W001 manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.
  • anionic surfactants include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • silicone surfactant examples include “Toray Silicone DC3PA”, “Toray Silicone SH7PA”, “Tore Silicone DC11PA”, “Tore Silicone SH21PA”, “Tore Silicone SH28PA”, “Toray Silicone” manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition. More preferably, the content is 0.005 to 1.0% by mass. Only one surfactant may be used, or two or more surfactants may be used. When two or more surfactants are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.
  • a negative fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenamide is added to the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and the negative photosensitive resin composition in the drying process after coating. It may be unevenly distributed on the surface of the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the content of the higher fatty acid derivative or the like is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition. . Only one type of higher fatty acid derivative or the like may be used. When two or more higher fatty acid derivatives are contained, the total is preferably within the above range.
  • ⁇ Solvent> When the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is layered by coating, it is preferable to blend a solvent. If a negative photosensitive resin composition can be formed in a layer form, a well-known thing can be used for a solvent without a restriction
  • the solvent used in the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention include esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, and ethyl butyrate.
  • alkyl oxyacetate eg, methyl oxyacetate, ethyl oxyacetate, butyl oxyacetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, Butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl e
  • the solvent is preferably in the form of a mixture of two or more types from the viewpoint of improving the coated surface.
  • a mixed solution composed of two or more selected from dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate is preferable.
  • the combined use of dimethyl sulfoxide and ⁇ -butyrolactone is particularly preferred.
  • the content of the solvent should be such that the total solid content concentration of the negative photosensitive resin composition is 5 to 80% by mass from the viewpoint of applicability. It is preferably 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably 10 to 60% by mass. One type of solvent may be sufficient and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it. When two or more solvents are contained, the total is preferably within the above range.
  • the content of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide and N, N-dimethylformamide is such that the negative photosensitive resin composition can be used from the viewpoint of film strength. It is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, further preferably less than 0.5% by mass, and particularly preferably less than 0.1% by mass with respect to the total mass.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is various additives, for example, inorganic particles, curing agents, curing catalysts, fillers, antioxidants, ultraviolet rays, as necessary, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • Absorbers, anti-aggregation agents and the like can be blended. When mix
  • the water content of the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, and particularly preferably less than 0.6% by mass from the viewpoint of the coated surface.
  • the metal content of the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 ppm by mass, more preferably less than 1 ppm by mass, and particularly preferably less than 0.5 ppm by mass.
  • the metal include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel and the like. When a plurality of metals are included, the total of these metals is preferably in the above range.
  • a negative photosensitive resin composition in which a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the negative photosensitive resin composition. Filter the raw material constituting the conductive resin composition, and line the inside of the apparatus with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like, and perform distillation under the conditions that suppress contamination as much as possible. .
  • the halogen atom content is preferably less than 500 ppm by mass, more preferably less than 300 ppm by mass, and even more preferably less than 200 ppm by mass from the viewpoint of wiring corrosion.
  • a halogen ion is less than 5 mass ppm, more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and especially less than 0.5 mass ppm.
  • the halogen atom include a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. The total of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms, or chloride ions and bromide ions is preferably in the above range.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above components.
  • the mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be performed by a conventionally known method.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter material is preferably a polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon filter. A filter that has been washed in advance with an organic solvent may be used.
  • a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel.
  • filters having different pore diameters and / or materials may be used in combination.
  • various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulating filtration step.
  • you may pressurize and filter and the pressure to pressurize is 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less.
  • impurities may be removed using an adsorbent.
  • known adsorbents can be used.
  • inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be used.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be cured and used as a cured film. Since the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can form a cured film having excellent heat resistance and insulation, it can be preferably used for an insulating film of a semiconductor device, an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer, and the like. In particular, it can be preferably used for an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer in a three-dimensional mounting device. It can also be used as a photoresist for electronics (galvanic resist, galvanic resist, etching resist, solder top resist). It can also be used for the production of printing plates such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates, the etching of molded parts, the production of protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, in particular microelectronics.
  • the method for producing a cured film is not particularly defined as long as it is formed using the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
  • the method for producing a cured film of the present invention preferably includes a step of applying the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention to a substrate and a step of curing the negative photosensitive resin composition applied to the substrate. .
  • Step of applying negative photosensitive resin composition to substrate Examples of the method for applying the negative photosensitive resin composition to the substrate include spinning, dipping, doctor blade coating, suspension casting, coating, spraying, electrostatic spraying, reverse roll coating, and the like. Electrostatic spraying and reverse roll coating are preferred because they can be applied uniformly on the substrate.
  • Examples of the substrate include inorganic substrates, resins, and resin composite materials.
  • Examples of the inorganic substrate include a glass substrate, a quartz substrate, a silicon substrate, a silicon nitride substrate, and a composite substrate obtained by depositing molybdenum, titanium, aluminum, copper, or the like on such a substrate.
  • polystyrene polycarbonate, polysulfone, polyethersulfone, polyarylate, allyl diglycol carbonate, polyamide, polyimide, polyamideimide, polyetherimide, Fluorine resin such as polybenzazole, polyphenylene sulfide, polycycloolefin, norbornene resin, polychlorotrifluoroethylene, liquid crystal polymer, acrylic resin, epoxy resin, silicone resin, ionomer resin, cyanate resin, crosslinked fumaric acid diester, cyclic polyolefin, Groups consisting of synthetic resins such as aromatic ethers, maleimide-olefins, cellulose, episulfide compounds And the like.
  • TFT thin film transistor
  • the amount (layer thickness) and type of substrate (layer carrier) to which the negative photosensitive resin composition is applied depends on the field of application desired. It is particularly advantageous that the photosensitive resin composition can be used in layer thicknesses that can be varied over a wide range.
  • the range of the layer thickness is preferably 0.5 to 100 ⁇ m, and in the method of the present invention, it is more effective when the thickness is 3 to 30 ⁇ m, further 5 to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor proceeds and a cured film having excellent heat resistance can be formed.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 50 to 300 ° C, more preferably 100 to 250 ° C. According to the present invention, since many isomers with a faster cyclization rate are contained, the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor can be performed at a lower temperature.
  • the heating rate is preferably 3 to 5 ° C./min, with 20 to 150 ° C. being the heating start temperature.
  • the heating time is preferably 180 minutes or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 240 minutes or less.
  • the heating time is preferably 90 minutes or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 180 minutes or less.
  • the heating temperature is 300 to 380, the heating time is preferably 60 minutes or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 120 minutes or less.
  • the cooling rate is preferably 1 to 5 ° C./min. Heating may be performed in stages. For example, the temperature is raised from 20 ° C. to 150 ° C. at 5 ° C./minute, placed at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes, heated from 150 ° C. to 230 ° C. at 5 ° C./minute, and placed at 230 ° C. for 180 minutes A process is mentioned.
  • the heating step is preferably performed in an atmosphere having a low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon from the viewpoint of preventing decomposition of a polyimide precursor such as polyimide.
  • the oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm by volume or less, and more preferably 20 ppm by volume or less.
  • the pattern forming step can be performed by, for example, a photolithography method.
  • a photolithography method For example, the method of performing through the process of exposing and the process of developing is mentioned.
  • the pattern formation by the photolithography method is preferably performed using a photosensitive resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and a radical polymerization initiator.
  • a photosensitive resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and a radical polymerization initiator.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition applied to the substrate is irradiated with a predetermined pattern of actinic rays or radiation.
  • the wavelength of the actinic ray or radiation varies depending on the composition of the negative photosensitive resin composition, but is preferably 200 to 600 nm, and more preferably 300 to 450 nm.
  • a light source a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, a chemical lamp, an LED light source, an excimer laser generator, or the like can be used.
  • Actinic rays having a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm can be preferably used.
  • irradiation light can also be adjusted through spectral filters, such as a long wavelength cut filter, a short wavelength cut filter, and a band pass filter, as needed.
  • the exposure dose is preferably 1 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 , more preferably 200 to 800 mJ / cm 2 .
  • the value of the present invention is high in that it can be developed with high developability in such a wide range.
  • various types of exposure machines such as a mirror projection aligner, a stepper, a scanner, a proximity, a contact, a microlens array, a lens scanner, and a laser exposure can be used.
  • the unexposed portion of the negative photosensitive resin composition is developed using a developer.
  • a developer an aqueous alkaline developer, an organic solvent, or the like can be used.
  • the alkali compound used in the aqueous alkaline developer include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and metasilicic acid. Examples include potassium, ammonia, and amine.
  • amines examples include ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-propylamine, triethylamine, methyldiethylamine, alkanolamine, dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, quaternary ammonium hydroxide, tetramethylammonium hydroxide. (TMAH) or tetraethylammonium hydroxide.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • alkali compounds containing no metal are preferred.
  • Suitable aqueous alkaline developers are generally up to 0.5 N with respect to alkali, but may be diluted appropriately prior to use.
  • an aqueous alkaline developer having a concentration of about 0.15 to 0.4 N, preferably 0.20 to 0.35 N is also suitable. Only one alkali compound may be used, or two or more alkali compounds may be used. When using 2 or more types of alkali compounds, it is preferable that the sum total is the said range.
  • an organic solvent the thing similar to the solvent which can be used for the negative photosensitive resin composition mentioned above can be used. For example, preferred are n-butyl acetate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, cyclopentanone, and a mixture thereof. Further, it is preferable to include a step of heating the developed negative photosensitive resin composition at a temperature of 50 to 500 ° C. after the step of performing the development treatment. By passing through such a process, there exists a merit that heat resistance and adhesiveness with a board
  • the method for producing a cured film of the present invention can be preferably used for an insulating film of a semiconductor device, an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer, and the like. Particularly, since the resolution is good, it can be preferably used for an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer in a three-dimensional mounting device. It can also be used as a photoresist for electronics (galvanic resist, galvanic resist, etching resist, solder top resist). Also. It can also be used for the production of printing plates such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates, etching of molded parts, the production of protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, in particular microelectronics.
  • a semiconductor device 100 shown in FIG. 1 is a so-called three-dimensional mounting device, and a stacked body 101 in which a plurality of semiconductor elements (semiconductor chips) 101 a to 101 d are stacked is arranged on a wiring board 120.
  • the case where the number of stacked semiconductor elements (semiconductor chips) is four will be mainly described.
  • the number of stacked semiconductor elements (semiconductor chips) is not particularly limited. It may be a layer, 8 layers, 16 layers, 32 layers, or the like. Moreover, one layer may be sufficient.
  • Each of the plurality of semiconductor elements 101a to 101d is made of a semiconductor wafer such as a silicon substrate.
  • the uppermost semiconductor element 101a does not have a through electrode, and an electrode pad (not shown) is formed on one surface thereof.
  • the semiconductor elements 101b to 101d have through electrodes 102b to 102d, and connection pads (not shown) provided integrally with the through electrodes are provided on both surfaces of each semiconductor element.
  • the stacked body 101 has a structure in which a semiconductor element 101a having no through electrode and semiconductor elements 101b to 101d having through electrodes 102b to 102d are flip-chip connected. That is, the electrode pad of the semiconductor element 101a having no through electrode and the connection pad on the semiconductor element 101a side of the semiconductor element 101b having the adjacent through electrode 102b are connected by the metal bump 103a such as a solder bump, The connection pad on the other side of the semiconductor element 101b having the electrode 102b is connected to the connection pad on the semiconductor element 101b side of the semiconductor element 101c having the penetrating electrode 102c adjacent thereto by a metal bump 103b such as a solder bump.
  • connection pad on the other side of the semiconductor element 101c having the through electrode 102c is connected to the connection pad on the semiconductor element 101c side of the semiconductor element 101d having the adjacent through electrode 102d by the metal bump 103c such as a solder bump. ing.
  • An underfill layer 110 is formed in the gaps between the semiconductor elements 101a to 101d, and the semiconductor elements 101a to 101d are stacked via the underfill layer 110.
  • the stacked body 101 is stacked on the wiring board 120.
  • the wiring substrate 120 for example, a multilayer wiring substrate using an insulating substrate such as a resin substrate, a ceramic substrate, or a glass substrate as a base material is used.
  • the wiring board 120 to which the resin board is applied include a multilayer copper-clad laminate (multilayer printed wiring board).
  • a surface electrode 120 a is provided on one surface of the wiring board 120.
  • An insulating layer 115 in which a rewiring layer 105 is formed is disposed between the wiring substrate 120 and the stacked body 101, and the wiring substrate 120 and the stacked body 101 are electrically connected via the rewiring layer 105. It is connected.
  • the insulating layer 115 is formed by using the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. That is, one end of the rewiring layer 105 is connected to an electrode pad formed on the surface of the semiconductor element 101d on the rewiring layer 105 side through a metal bump 103d such as a solder bump.
  • the other end of the rewiring layer 105 is connected to the surface electrode 120a of the wiring board via a metal bump 103e such as a solder bump.
  • An underfill layer 110 a is formed between the insulating layer 115 and the stacked body 101.
  • an underfill layer 110 b is formed between the insulating layer 115 and the wiring substrate 120.
  • reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and 21.43 g (270.9 mmol) pyridine and 90 ml N-methylpyrrolidone were added.
  • the reaction mixture was then cooled to ⁇ 10 ° C. and 16.12 g (135.5 mmol) of SOCl 2 was added over 10 minutes while maintaining the temperature at ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 ° C. During the addition of SOCl 2 the viscosity increased. After dilution with 50 ml N-methylpyrrolidone, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours.
  • Synthesis Example 4 [Synthesis of polyimide precursor (A-4: polyimide precursor having a carboxyl group) from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride and 4,4′-oxydianiline] 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride (dried at 140 ° C. for 12 hours) was dissolved in 180 ml of NMP (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone), and an additional 21.43 g (270.9 mmol) of pyridine was added and the reaction was cooled to ⁇ 10 ° C. and 11.08 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4′-oxydithiol while maintaining the temperature at ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 ° C.
  • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
  • a solution obtained by dissolving aniline in 100 ml of NMP was added dropwise over 30 minutes, and then the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Then, it was poured into 5 liters of water to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the water-polyimide precursor mixture was stirred at a speed of 5000 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor was collected by filtration, poured into 4 liters of water again, stirred for another 30 minutes, and collected again by filtration. Next, the obtained polyimide precursor was dried at 45 ° C. under reduced pressure for 3 days to obtain a polyimide precursor (A-4) having a structure represented by the following formula.
  • the mixture was further stirred at 75 ° C. for 2 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the polymer was precipitated by pouring into 5 liters of water and stirred for 15 minutes at a speed of 5000 rpm.
  • the acrylic resin was collected by filtration, poured into 4 liters of water again, stirred for another 30 minutes, and collected again by filtration.
  • the obtained acrylic resin was dried at 45 ° C. under reduced pressure for 3 days to obtain a comparative polymer (RA-1) represented by the following formula.
  • ⁇ Examples and Comparative Examples> The following components were mixed to prepare a photosensitive resin composition coating solution as a uniform solution.
  • ⁇ Composition of photosensitive resin composition >> Polyimide precursor: parts by mass listed in Table 6 Radical polymerization initiator: parts by mass listed in Table 6 First polymerization inhibitor: parts by weight listed in Table 6 Second polymerization inhibitor: parts by weight listed in Table 6 Radical polymerization Compound: parts by mass listed in Table 6 Radical polymerization Compound: parts by mass listed in Table 6 Thermal base generator: parts by mass listed in Table 6 (other components) ⁇ -butyrolactone: 60.00 parts by mass
  • C First polymerization inhibitor
  • C-1 4-methoxyphenol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
  • C-2 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
  • C-3 Pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (manufactured by BASF, Irganox 1010)
  • C-4 Thiodiethylenebis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (manufactured by BASF, Irganox 1035)
  • C-5 Octadecyl-3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate (manufactured by BASF, Irganox 1076)
  • C-6 N, N′-hexane-1,6-diylbis [3- (3
  • D Second polymerization inhibitor D-1: 2,4,6-Tris-t-butyl-nitrosobenzene (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
  • D-2 Phenyl-t-butylnitrone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
  • D-3 3,3,5,5-tetramethyl-1-pyrroline-N-oxide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
  • D-4 p-benzoquinone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
  • D-6 2-tert-butyl-p-benzoquinone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
  • D-7 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
  • D-8 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl (Tokyo Chemical Industry) Made)
  • D-9 4-Methacryloyloxy-2,2,
  • E Radical polymerizable compound
  • E-1 NK ester M-40G (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., monofunctional methacrylate, following structure)
  • E-2 NK ester 4G (Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., bifunctional metallate, following structure)
  • E-3 NK Ester A-9300 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., trifunctional acrylate following structure)
  • Each negative photosensitive resin composition was subjected to pressure filtration through a filter having a pore width of 0.8 ⁇ m, and then applied to a silicon wafer by spinning.
  • the silicon wafer to which the negative photosensitive resin composition was applied was dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes to form a uniform polymer layer having a thickness described in Table 6 on the silicon wafer.
  • the photosensitive resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed using a stepper (Nikon NSR2005 i9C). The exposure is performed with i-line, and at a wavelength of 365 nm, using a line and space photomask in increments of 1 ⁇ m from 5 ⁇ m to 25 ⁇ m with each exposure energy of 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800 mJ / cm 2. , Exposure was performed.
  • the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer was developed with cyclopentanone for 60 seconds.
  • the line width that was able to have good edge sharpness was evaluated according to the following criteria. The smaller the line width of the photosensitive resin composition layer, the greater the difference in solubility in the developer between the light-irradiated part and the light non-irradiated part, which is a preferable result. Further, if the change in the line width is small with respect to the change in exposure energy, it indicates that the exposure latitude is wide, which is a preferable result. The measurement limit is 5 ⁇ m. The results are shown in Table 7. A: 5 ⁇ m to 8 ⁇ m B: Over 8 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m or less C: Over 10 ⁇ m to 15 ⁇ m or less D: Over 15 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m or less E: Over 20 ⁇ m.
  • the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer is heated at 300 ° C. for 3 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere, and then the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer is scraped off, and a thermal mass is obtained in nitrogen at a temperature rising rate of 10 ° C./min. Analytical measurement was performed, the thermal decomposition temperature was measured, and evaluated according to the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 7. A: 5% mass reduction temperature is 300 ° C. or more B: 5% mass reduction temperature is less than 300 ° C.
  • Example 100 The negative photosensitive resin composition of Example 1 was subjected to pressure filtration through a filter having a pore width of 0.8 ⁇ m and then applied to a resin substrate on which a thin copper layer was formed by spinning (3500 rpm, 30 seconds). did.
  • the negative photosensitive resin composition applied to the resin substrate was dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes and then exposed using an aligner (Karl-Suss MA150). Exposure was performed with a high-pressure mercury lamp, and exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm was measured. After exposure, the image was developed with cyclopentanone for 75 seconds. Subsequently, it heated at 180 degreeC for 20 minutes.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)

Abstract

A negative photosensitive resin composition with a wide exposure latitude, a cured film, a cured film production method and a semiconductor device are provided. This negative photosensitive resin composition includes: a polyimide precursor; a radical polymerization initiator; at least one type of first polymerization inhibitor selected from compounds having an aromatic hydroxyl group; and at least one type of second polymerization inhibitor selected from a nitroso compound, an N-oxide compound, a quinone compound, an N-oxyl compound and a phenothiazine compound.

Description

ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物、硬化膜、硬化膜の製造方法および半導体デバイスNegative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device

 本発明は、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物、硬化膜、硬化膜の製造方法および半導体デバイスに関する。特に、再配線層用層間絶縁膜に適したネガ型感光性樹脂組成物に関する。 The present invention relates to a negative photosensitive resin composition, a cured film, a method for producing a cured film, and a semiconductor device. In particular, the present invention relates to a negative photosensitive resin composition suitable for an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.

 ポリイミドなどの環化して硬化する熱硬化性樹脂は、耐熱性及び絶縁性に優れるため、半導体デバイスの絶縁層などに用いられている。 Thermosetting resins that are cured by cyclization such as polyimide are excellent in heat resistance and insulation, and are therefore used for insulating layers of semiconductor devices.

 ここで、ポリイミドは、溶媒への溶解性が低いため、環化反応前の前駆体(複素環含有ポリマー前駆体)の状態で使用し、基板などに適用した後、加熱して複素環含有ポリマー前駆体を環化して硬化膜を形成することが行われている。
 このようなポリイミド前駆体を用いた感光性樹脂組成物として、特許文献1には、(A)下記一般式(1):

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(式(1)中、Xは、4価の有機基であり、Yは、2価の有機基であり、nは、2~150の整数であり、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、下記一般式(2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(式中、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素数1~3の有機基であり、そしてmは、2~10の整数である。)で表される1価の有機基、又は炭素数1~4の飽和脂肪族基である。但し、R11及びR22の両者が同時に水素原子であることはない。)で表される構造を有するポリイミド前駆体:100質量部、
(B)光重合開始剤:1~20質量部、並びに
(C)ヒドロキシル基、エーテル基及びエステル基からなる群より選ばれる官能基を1つ以上有する炭素数2~30のモノカルボン酸化合物:0.01~10質量部、
を含有する、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物が開示されている。 Here, since polyimide has low solubility in a solvent, it is used in the state of a precursor (heterocycle-containing polymer precursor) before the cyclization reaction, applied to a substrate, etc., and then heated to form a heterocycle-containing polymer. It has been practiced to form a cured film by cyclizing the precursor.
As a photosensitive resin composition using such a polyimide precursor, Patent Document 1 discloses (A) the following general formula (1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(In Formula (1), X 1 is a tetravalent organic group, Y 1 is a divalent organic group, n is an integer of 2 to 150, and R 1 and R 2 are respectively Independently, a hydrogen atom, the following general formula (2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(Wherein R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and m is an integer of 2 to 10). A valent organic group or a saturated aliphatic group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. However, both R 11 and R 22 are not simultaneously hydrogen atoms. ) Polyimide precursor having a structure represented by: 100 parts by mass,
(B) Photopolymerization initiator: 1 to 20 parts by mass, and (C) a monocarboxylic acid compound having 2 to 30 carbon atoms having at least one functional group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an ether group and an ester group: 0.01 to 10 parts by mass,
A negative-type photosensitive resin composition containing the above is disclosed.

 一方、特許文献2には、好気性重合禁止剤および嫌気性重合禁止剤を含むネガ型感光性材料が記載されている。 On the other hand, Patent Document 2 describes a negative photosensitive material containing an aerobic polymerization inhibitor and an anaerobic polymerization inhibitor.

特開2011-191749号公報JP 2011-191749 A 国際公開WO2010/008514号公報International Publication WO2010 / 008514

 ここで、半導体の再配線層用層間絶縁膜に用いる場合など、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の解像性の適正露光範囲が広い、すなわち、露光ラチチュードが広いネガ型感光性樹脂組成物が求められている。しかしながら、上記特許文献1および特許文献2に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、いずれも、露光ラチチュードが狭い。ここで、特許文献2には、高い解像度(high image resolution)については記載があるが、幅広い露光エネルギーで良好なエッジの鋭さをもつ像が得られることについては、記載も示唆もない。
 本発明はかかる課題を解決することを目的としたものであって、露光ラチチュードが広いネガ型感光性樹脂組成物、硬化膜、硬化膜の製造方法および半導体デバイスを提供することを目的とする。
Here, there is a demand for a negative photosensitive resin composition having a wide appropriate exposure range of the resolution of the negative photosensitive resin composition, that is, a wide exposure latitude, such as when used for an interlayer insulating film for a semiconductor rewiring layer. It has been. However, the negative photosensitive resin compositions described in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 each have a narrow exposure latitude. Here, Patent Document 2 describes high image resolution, but neither describes nor suggests that an image having a good edge sharpness can be obtained with a wide range of exposure energy.
The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, and has an object to provide a negative photosensitive resin composition having a wide exposure latitude, a cured film, a method for producing the cured film, and a semiconductor device.

 上記課題のもと、発明者が検討を行った結果、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物に、所定の構造を有するポリイミド前駆体を採用することにより、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の露光ラチチュードを広くすることが可能であることを見出し、上記課題を解決するに至った。具体的には、下記<1>により、好ましくは<2>~<19>により、上記課題は解決された。
<1>ポリイミド前駆体;ラジカル重合開始剤;芳香族性水酸基を有する化合物から選択される少なくとも1種の第1の重合禁止剤;並びに、ニトロソ化合物、N-オキシド化合物、キノン化合物、N-オキシル化合物およびフェノチアジン化合物から選択される少なくとも1種の第2の重合禁止剤を含む、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。
<2>ポリイミド前駆体が、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を含む、<1>に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物;
一般式(1)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
一般式(1)中、AおよびAは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子または-NH-を表し、R11は、2価の有機基を表し、R12は、4価の有機基を表し、R13およびR14は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表す。
<3>一般式(1)中、R13およびR14の少なくとも一方が、ラジカル重合性基を含む、<2>に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。
<4>さらに、ラジカル重合性化合物を含む、<1>~<3>のいずれかに記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。
<5>ラジカル重合性化合物が、2つ以上のラジカル重合性基を有する、<4>に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。
<6>第2の重合禁止剤が、キノン化合物およびN-オキシル化合物から選択される、<1>~<5>のいずれかに記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。
<7>第1の重合禁止剤と、第2の重合禁止剤との質量比率が、10:90~90:10である、<1>~<6>のいずれかに記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。
<8>第1の重合禁止剤と、ラジカル重合開始剤との質量比率が、1:99~10:90である、<1>~<7>のいずれかに記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。
<9>一般式(1)中、R12が、芳香環を含む4価の基である、<1>~<8>のいずれかに記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。
<10>さらに、熱塩基発生剤を含む、<1>~<9>のいずれかに記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。
<11>熱塩基発生剤が、下記一般式(Y)で表されるアンモニウムカチオンを有する、<10>に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
一般式(Y)中、Ar10は、芳香族基を表し、R11~R15は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または炭化水素基を表し、R14とR15は互いに結合して環を形成していてもよく、nは、1以上の整数を表す。
<12>再配線層用層間絶縁膜用である、<1>~<11>のいずれかに記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。
<13><1>~<12>のいずれかに記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる、硬化膜。
<14>再配線層用層間絶縁膜である、<13>に記載の硬化膜。
<15><1>~<12>のいずれかに記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を用いることを含む、硬化膜の製造方法。
<16>ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を基板に適用する工程と、
基板に適用されたネガ型感光性樹脂組成物に対して、活性光線または放射線を照射して露光する工程と、
露光されたネガ型感光性樹脂組成物に対して、現像処理を行う工程とを有する、<15>に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。
<17>現像処理を行う工程後に、現像されたネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を50~500℃の温度で加熱する工程を含む、<16>に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。
<18>硬化膜の膜厚が、3~30μmである、<15>~<17>のいずれかに記載の硬化膜の製造方法。
<19><13>または<14>に記載の硬化膜、または、<15>~<18>のいずれかに記載の方法で製造された硬化膜を有する、半導体デバイス。 As a result of investigations by the inventors under the above-mentioned problems, the exposure latitude of the negative photosensitive resin composition can be broadened by adopting a polyimide precursor having a predetermined structure in the negative photosensitive resin composition. It has been found that it is possible to solve this problem. Specifically, the above problem has been solved by <1> below, preferably <2> to <19>.
<1> polyimide precursor; radical polymerization initiator; at least one first polymerization inhibitor selected from compounds having an aromatic hydroxyl group; and nitroso compounds, N-oxide compounds, quinone compounds, N-oxyls A negative photosensitive resin composition comprising at least one second polymerization inhibitor selected from a compound and a phenothiazine compound.
<2> The negative photosensitive resin composition according to <1>, wherein the polyimide precursor includes a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1);
General formula (1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
In general formula (1), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or —NH—, R 11 represents a divalent organic group, and R 12 represents a tetravalent organic group. , R 13 and R 14 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
<3> The negative photosensitive resin composition according to <2>, wherein in General Formula (1), at least one of R 13 and R 14 contains a radical polymerizable group.
<4> The negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, further comprising a radical polymerizable compound.
<5> The negative photosensitive resin composition according to <4>, wherein the radical polymerizable compound has two or more radical polymerizable groups.
<6> The negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the second polymerization inhibitor is selected from a quinone compound and an N-oxyl compound.
<7> The negative photosensitivity according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the mass ratio of the first polymerization inhibitor to the second polymerization inhibitor is 10:90 to 90:10 Resin composition.
<8> The negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the mass ratio of the first polymerization inhibitor to the radical polymerization initiator is 1:99 to 10:90. object.
<9> The negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein R 12 in formula (1) is a tetravalent group containing an aromatic ring.
<10> The negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, further comprising a thermal base generator.
<11> The negative photosensitive resin composition according to <10>, wherein the thermal base generator has an ammonium cation represented by the following general formula (Y);
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
In general formula (Y), Ar 10 represents an aromatic group, R 11 to R 15 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and R 14 and R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring. And n represents an integer of 1 or more.
<12> The negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <11>, which is used for an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
<13> A cured film obtained by curing the negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <12>.
<14> The cured film according to <13>, which is an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer.
<15> A method for producing a cured film, comprising using the negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <12>.
<16> applying the negative photosensitive resin composition to the substrate;
A step of exposing the negative photosensitive resin composition applied to the substrate by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and
The manufacturing method of the cured film as described in <15> which has a process of developing with respect to the exposed negative photosensitive resin composition.
<17> The method for producing a cured film according to <16>, comprising a step of heating the developed negative photosensitive resin composition at a temperature of 50 to 500 ° C. after the step of performing the development treatment.
<18> The method for producing a cured film according to any one of <15> to <17>, wherein the film thickness of the cured film is 3 to 30 μm.
<19> A semiconductor device having the cured film according to <13> or <14>, or the cured film manufactured by the method according to any one of <15> to <18>.

 本発明により、露光ラチチュードの広いネガ型感光性樹脂組成物、硬化膜、硬化膜の製造方法および半導体デバイスを提供可能になった。 The present invention makes it possible to provide a negative photosensitive resin composition having a wide exposure latitude, a cured film, a method for producing a cured film, and a semiconductor device.

半導体デバイスの一実施形態の構成を示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows the structure of one Embodiment of a semiconductor device.

 以下に記載する本発明における構成要素の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書において、「活性光線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等を意味する。また、本発明において光とは、活性光線または放射線を意味する。本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、X線、EUV光などを用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。
 本明細書において、「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、「アクリレート」および「メタクリレート」の双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アリル」は、「アリル」および「メタリル」の双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、「アクリル」および「メタクリル」の双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、「アクリロイル」および「メタクリロイル」の双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程を意味するだけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本明細書において、固形分濃度とは、組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他の成分の質量の質量百分率である。また、固形分濃度は、特に述べない限り25℃における濃度をいう。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に述べない限り、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)測定でのポリスチレン換算値として定義される。本明細書において、重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)は、例えば、HLC-8220(東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムとしてガードカラムHZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000、TSKgel Super HZ2000(東ソー(株)製)を用いることによって求めることができる。溶離液は特に述べない限り、THF(テトラヒドロフラン)を用いて測定したものとする。また、検出は特に述べない限り、紫外線(UV)254nm検出器を使用したものとする。
The description of the components in the present invention described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
In the description of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the description which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes what does not have a substituent and what has a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In this specification, “active light” means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams, and the like. In the present invention, light means actinic rays or radiation. In this specification, “exposure” means not only exposure using far ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light typified by mercury lamps and excimer lasers, but also particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Include drawing in the exposure.
In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
In the present specification, “(meth) acrylate” represents both and / or “acrylate” and “methacrylate”, and “(meth) allyl” means both “allyl” and “methallyl”, or “(Meth) acryl” represents either “acryl” and “methacryl” or any one, and “(meth) acryloyl” represents both “acryloyl” and “methacryloyl”, or Represents either.
In this specification, the term “process” not only means an independent process, but also if the intended action of the process is achieved even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, include.
In this specification, solid content concentration is the mass percentage of the mass of the other component except a solvent with respect to the gross mass of a composition. Moreover, solid content concentration says the density | concentration in 25 degreeC unless there is particular mention.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene-converted values in gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement unless otherwise specified. In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are, for example, HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel. It can be determined by using Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation). Unless otherwise stated, the eluent was measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran). In addition, unless otherwise stated, an ultraviolet (UV) 254 nm detector is used for detection.

ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、ポリイミド前駆体;ラジカル重合開始剤;芳香族性水酸基を有する化合物から選択される少なくとも1種の第1の重合禁止剤;並びに、ニトロソ化合物、N-オキシド化合物、キノン化合物、N-オキシル化合物およびフェノチアジン化合物から選択される少なくとも1種の第2の重合禁止剤を含むことを特徴とする。このような構成とすることにより、露光ラチチュードの広いネガ型感光性樹脂組成物が得られる。
 ポリイミド前駆体を含むネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、露光して硬化するが、2種の重合禁止剤を配合することにより、表層に近い側では、主に、第1の重合禁止剤が働き、膜の表層から遠い側では、主に、第2の重合禁止剤が働き、結果として、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物層全体で、概ね均一に重合禁止効果が働き、露光ラチチュードを広くすることが可能になると考えられる。特に、光の当たり方の差が大きい、膜が厚い場合に有益である。
 また、上記特許文献2の実施例で用いられている樹脂は、アクリル樹脂であり、耐熱性の観点からも問題があるが、本発明ではポリイミド前駆体を用いることから耐熱性にも優れたものとすることができる。
Negative photosensitive resin composition The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention comprises at least one first polymerization inhibitor selected from a polyimide precursor; a radical polymerization initiator; and a compound having an aromatic hydroxyl group; And at least one second polymerization inhibitor selected from nitroso compounds, N-oxide compounds, quinone compounds, N-oxyl compounds and phenothiazine compounds. By adopting such a configuration, a negative photosensitive resin composition having a wide exposure latitude can be obtained.
The negative photosensitive resin composition containing the polyimide precursor is cured by exposure, but by blending two kinds of polymerization inhibitors, mainly the first polymerization inhibitor works on the side close to the surface layer. The second polymerization inhibitor works mainly on the side far from the surface layer of the film, and as a result, the polymerization inhibition effect works almost uniformly on the entire negative photosensitive resin composition layer, and the exposure latitude is widened. Will be possible. This is particularly advantageous when the difference in how light strikes is large and the film is thick.
In addition, the resin used in the examples of Patent Document 2 is an acrylic resin and has a problem from the viewpoint of heat resistance. However, in the present invention, a polyimide precursor is used, so that the resin has excellent heat resistance. It can be.

<ポリイミド前駆体>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、ポリイミド前駆体を含む。ポリイミド前駆体は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。
 ポリイミド前駆体は、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を含むポリイミド前駆体であることが好ましい。
一般式(1)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
一般式(1)中、AおよびAは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子または-NH-を表し、R11は、2価の有機基を表し、R12は、4価の有機基を表し、R13およびR14は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表す。 <Polyimide precursor>
The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a polyimide precursor. Only one type of polyimide precursor may be used, or two or more types may be used.
It is preferable that a polyimide precursor is a polyimide precursor containing the repeating unit represented by General formula (1).
General formula (1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
In general formula (1), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or —NH—, R 11 represents a divalent organic group, and R 12 represents a tetravalent organic group. , R 13 and R 14 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.

 A1およびA2は、それぞれ独立に酸素原子または-NH-を表し、酸素原子が好ましい。 A 1 and A 2 each independently represents an oxygen atom or —NH—, preferably an oxygen atom.

 R11は、2価の有機基を表す。2価の有機基としては、直鎖または分岐の脂肪族基、環状の脂肪族基およびアリール基を含む基が例示され、炭素数2~20の直鎖または分岐の脂肪族基、炭素数6~20の環状の脂肪族基、炭素数6~20のアリール基、または、これらの組み合わせからなる基が好ましく、炭素数6~60のアリール基からなる基がより好ましい。アリール基の例としては、下記が挙げられる。 R 11 represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include a linear or branched aliphatic group, a cyclic aliphatic group, and a group containing an aryl group, a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 6 A group consisting of a cyclic aliphatic group having 20 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or a combination thereof is preferable, and a group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 60 carbon atoms is more preferable. The following are mentioned as an example of an aryl group.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 式中、Aは、単結合、または、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の炭化水素基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)-および-NHCO-、並びにこれらの組み合わせから選択される基であることが好ましく、単結合、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO-から選択される基であることがより好ましく、-CH-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-C(CF-、-C(CH-から選択される2価の基であることがさらに好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
In the formula, A is a single bond or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, —C (═O) —, —S—, —S (= O) 2 — and —NHCO—, and a group selected from these combinations are preferable. A single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, — It is more preferably a group selected from C (═O) —, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —C (CF 3 ) 2 -, - C (CH 3) 2 - and more preferably a divalent group selected from.

 具体的には、R11は、以下のジアミンのアミノ基の除去後に残存するジアミン残基などが挙げられる。
 1,2-ジアミノエタン、1,2-ジアミノプロパン、1,3-ジアミノプロパン、1,4-ジアミノブタンおよび1,6-ジアミノヘキサン;1,2-または1,3-ジアミノシクロペンタン、1,2-、1,3-または1,4-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、1,2-、1,3-または1,4-ビス(アミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、ビス-(4-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、ビス-(3-アミノシクロヘキシル)メタン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジメチルシクロヘキシルメタンおよびイソホロンジアミン;m-およびp-フェニレンジアミン、ジアミノトルエン、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、4,4’-および3,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、ビス(4-アミノ-3-ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン、4,4’-ジアミノパラテルフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、9,10-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)アントラセン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、3,3’-ジエチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノオクタフルオロビフェニル、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、9,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)-10-ヒドロアントラセン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノビフェニル、3,3’,4,4’-テトラアミノジフェニルエーテル、1,4-ジアミノアントラキノン、1,5-ジアミノアントラキノン、3,3-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、9,9’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン、4,4’-ジメチル-3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,4-および2,5-ジアミノクメン、2,5-ジメチル-p-フェニレンジアミン、アセトグアナミン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチル-p-フェニレンジアミン、2,4,6-トリメチル-m-フェニレンジアミン、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、2,7-ジアミノフルオレン、2,5-ジアミノピリジン、1,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)エタン、ジアミノベンズアニリド、ジアミノ安息香酸のエステル、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、ジアミノベンゾトリフルオライド、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)オクタフルオロブタン、1,5-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)デカフルオロペンタン、1,7-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テトラデカフルオロヘプタン、2,2-ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ジメチルフェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,5-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、p-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノ-2-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ビス(3-アミノ-5-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)ジフェニルスルホン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、3,3’,5,5’-テトラメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノ-2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ビフェニル、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-ヘキサフルオロトリデンおよび4,4’’’-ジアミノクアテルフェニルから選ばれる少なくとも1種のジアミン。
Specifically, examples of R 11 include diamine residues remaining after removal of the amino group of the following diamine.
1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2- or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1, 2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, bis- (4-aminocyclohexyl) methane, bis- (3 -Aminocyclohexyl) methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexylmethane and isophoronediamine; m- and p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'- and 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'- and 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'- and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4, '-And 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 4,4'- and 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'- and 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4, 4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2 , 2-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, bis ( 3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone, bis (4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone, 4,4′-diaminoparaterphenyl, 4,4′-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, bis [ 4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (2-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) ) Benzene, 9,10-bis (4-aminophenyl) anthracene, 3,3′-dimethyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (3-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) Benzene, 3,3′-diethyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3′-dimethyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4′-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis (4-aminophenyl) -10-hydroanthracene, 3,3 ', 4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3', 4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'- Diaminobiphenyl, 9,9′-bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene, 4,4′-dimethyl-3,3′-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3 ′, 5,5′-tetramethyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,4- and 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, acetoguanamine, 2,3 , 5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4,6-trimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, 2,7-diaminofluorene, 2,5-diamino Pyridine, 1,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) ethane, diaminobenzanilide, ester of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, diaminobenzotrifluoride, 1,3-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoro Propane, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenyl) octafluorobutane, 1,5-bis (4-aminophenyl) Nyl) decafluoropentane, 1,7-bis (4-aminophenyl) tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (2-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) -3,5-dimethylphenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-amino) Phenoxy) -3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, p-bis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) benzene, 4,4'-bis (4-amino-2-tri Fluoromethylphenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4′-bis (4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4 '-Bis (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) diphenylsulfone, 4,4'-bis (3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy) diphenylsulfone, 2,2-bis [4- (4- Amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 3,3 ′, 5,5′-tetramethyl-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3′-dimethoxy-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl 4,4′-diamino-2,2′-bis (trifluoromethyl) biphenyl, 2,2 ′, 5,5 ′, 6,6′-hexafluorotriden and 4,4 ′ ″-diaminoqua At least one diamine selected from terphenyl;

 また、下記に示すジアミン(DA-1)~(DA-18)のアミノ基の除去後に残存するジアミン残基もR11の例として挙げられる。 Examples of R 11 include diamine residues remaining after removal of the amino groups of diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) shown below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 また、2つ以上のアルキレングリコール単位を主鎖にもつジアミンのアミノ基の除去後に残存するジアミン残基もR11の例として挙げられる。好ましくは、エチレングリコール鎖、プロピレングリコール鎖のいずれかまたは両方を一分子中にあわせて2つ以上含むジアミン残基であり、より好ましくは芳香環を含まないジアミン残基である。例としては、ジェファーミン(登録商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(以上商品名、HUNTSMAN(株)製)、1-(2-(2-(2-アミノプロポキシ)エトキシ)プロポキシ)プロパン-2-アミン、1-(1-(1-(2-アミノプロポキシ)プロパン-2-イル)オキシ)プロパン-2-アミン などが挙げられるが、これに限定されない。ジェファーミン(登録商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176の構造を以下に示す。 An example of R 11 is a diamine residue remaining after removal of an amino group of a diamine having two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain. Preferred is a diamine residue containing two or more ethylene glycol chains or propylene glycol chains in one molecule, and more preferred is a diamine residue containing no aromatic ring. Examples include Jeffamine (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D-4000 ( Trade names, manufactured by HUNTSMAN Co., Ltd.), 1- (2- (2- (2-aminopropoxy) ethoxy) propoxy) propan-2-amine, 1- (1- (1- (2-aminopropoxy) propane -2-yl) oxy) propan-2-amine, but is not limited thereto. The structures of Jeffamine (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, and EDR-176 are shown below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

 上記において、x、y、zは平均値である。 In the above, x, y, and z are average values.

 一般式(1)中、R12は4価の有機基を表し、芳香環を含む4価の基であることが好ましく、下記一般式(1-1)または一般式(1-2)で表される基がより好ましい。 In general formula (1), R 12 represents a tetravalent organic group, preferably a tetravalent group containing an aromatic ring, represented by the following general formula (1-1) or general formula (1-2). More preferred are the groups

一般式(1-1)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 一般式(1-1)中、R112は、単結合、または、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~10の炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2-および-NHCO-、並びにこれらの組み合わせから選択される基であることが好ましく、単結合、または、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~3のアルキレン基、-O-、-CO-、-S-および-SO-から選択される2価の基であることがより好ましく、-CH-、-C(CF-、-C(CH-、-O-、-CO-、-S-および-SO-からなる群から選択される2価の基がさらに好ましい。 General formula (1-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
In the general formula (1-1), R 112 represents a single bond or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, —CO—, —S—, — It is preferably a group selected from SO 2 — and —NHCO—, and combinations thereof. A single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, —O—, More preferably, it is a divalent group selected from —CO—, —S— and —SO 2 —, —CH 2 —, —C (CF 3 ) 2 —, —C (CH 3 ) 2 —, More preferred is a divalent group selected from the group consisting of —O—, —CO—, —S— and —SO 2 —.

一般式(1-2)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Formula (1-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

 R12は、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から無水物基の除去後に残存するテトラカルボン酸残基などが挙げられる。
 具体的には、以下のテトラカルボン酸二無水物から無水物基の除去後に残存しているテトラカルボン酸残基などが挙げられる。
 ピロメリト酸二無水物(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルフィドテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルメタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,3’,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン二無水物、1,3-ジフェニルヘキサフルオロプロパン-3,3,4,4-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,6-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ジフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,4,9,10-ペリレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,4,5-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,8,9,10-フェナントレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,1-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、1,1-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、および1,2,3,4-ベンゼンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、並びに、これらの炭素数1~6のアルキルおよび炭素数1~6のアルコキシ誘導体から選ばれる少なくとも1種のテトラカルボン酸二無水物。
Examples of R 12 include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removal of the anhydride group from tetracarboxylic dianhydride.
Specific examples include tetracarboxylic acid residues remaining after the removal of anhydride groups from the following tetracarboxylic dianhydrides.
Pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ′ , 4,4'-diphenylsulfonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride 2,2 ′, 3,3′-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3 ′, 4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3 ′, 4′-benzophenonetetracarboxylic Acid dianhydride, 4,4′-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2, 2-bis (3,4-dicar Xylphenyl) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3 -Diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,6-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2 ', 3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic Acid dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid Anhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,1-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis (3,4-dicarboxyl) Phenyl) ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and at least one selected from alkyls having 1 to 6 carbons and alkoxy derivatives having 1 to 6 carbons Tetracarboxylic dianhydride.

 また、下記に示すテトラカルボン酸二無水物(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)から無水物基の除去後に残存しているテトラカルボン酸残基も、R12の例として挙げられる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Further, examples of R 12 include tetracarboxylic acid residues remaining after removal of anhydride groups from tetracarboxylic dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

 アルカリ現像液への溶解度の観点からは、R12がOH基を有することが好ましい。より具体的には、R12として、上記(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)から無水物基の除去後に残存しているテトラカルボン酸残基が挙げられる。 From the viewpoint of solubility in an alkali developer, R 12 preferably has an OH group. More specifically, examples of R 12 include tetracarboxylic acid residues remaining after removal of anhydride groups from the above (DAA-1) to (DAA-5).

 一般式(1)において、R13およびR14は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表す。
 R13およびR14が表す1価の有機基としては、現像液への溶解度を向上させる置換基が好ましく用いられる。
In the general formula (1), R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
As the monovalent organic group represented by R 13 and R 14, a substituent that improves the solubility in a developer is preferably used.

 水性現像液への溶解度の観点からは、R13およびR14は、水素原子または1価の有機基であり、1価の有機基としては、アリール基の炭素原子に結合している1、2または3つの、好ましくは1つの酸性基を有する、アリール基およびアラルキル基などが挙げられる。具体的には、酸性基を有する炭素数6~20のアリール基、酸性基を有する炭素数7~25のアラルキル基が挙げられる。より具体的には、酸性基を有するフェニル基および酸性基を有するベンジル基が挙げられる。酸性基は、OH基が好ましい。
 R13およびR14が、水素原子、2-ヒドロキシベンジル、3-ヒドロキシベンジルおよび4-ヒドロキシベンジルであることが、水性現像液に対する溶解性の点で好ましい。
From the viewpoint of solubility in an aqueous developer, R 13 and R 14 are a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and the monovalent organic group is a 1, 2 bonded to a carbon atom of an aryl group. Alternatively, an aryl group and an aralkyl group having three, preferably one, acid groups are exemplified. Specific examples include an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms having an acidic group and an aralkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms having an acidic group. More specifically, a phenyl group having an acidic group and a benzyl group having an acidic group can be mentioned. The acidic group is preferably an OH group.
R 13 and R 14 are preferably a hydrogen atom, 2-hydroxybenzyl, 3-hydroxybenzyl and 4-hydroxybenzyl from the viewpoint of solubility in an aqueous developer.

 有機溶剤への溶解度の観点からは、R13およびR14は、1価の有機基であることが好ましい。1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基を含むことが好ましく、アリール基で置換されたアルキル基がより好ましい。
 アルキル基の炭素数は1~30が好ましい。アルキル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよい。直鎖または分岐のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、テトラデシル基、オクダデシル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、1-エチルペンチル基、および2-エチルヘキシル基が挙げられる。環状のアルキル基(シクロアルキル基)は、単環のシクロアルキル基であってもよく、多環のシクロアルキル基であってもよい。単環のシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基およびシクロオクチル基が挙げられる。多環のシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、ボルニル基、カンフェニル基、デカヒドロナフチル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、カンホロイル基、ジシクロヘキシル基およびピネニル基が挙げられる。中でも、高感度化との両立の観点から、シクロヘキシル基が最も好ましい。また、アリール基で置換されたアルキル基としては、後述するアリール基で置換された直鎖アルキル基が好ましい。
 アリール基としては、具体的には、置換または無置換の、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ペンタレン環、インデン環、アズレン環、ヘプタレン環、インデセン環、ペリレン環、ペンタセン環、アセナフテセン環、フェナントレン環、アントラセン環、ナフタセン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、フルオレン環、ビフェニル環、ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、インドリジン環、インドール環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、イソベンゾフラン環、キノリジン環、キノリン環、フタラジン環、ナフチリジン環、キノキサリン環、キノキサゾリン環、イソキノリン環、カルバゾール環、フェナントリジン環、アクリジン環、フェナントロリン環、チアントレン環、クロメン環、キサンテン環、フェノキサチイン環、フェノチアジン環またはフェナジン環である。ベンゼン環が最も好ましい。
From the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent, R 13 and R 14 are preferably monovalent organic groups. The monovalent organic group preferably includes an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group, and more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group.
The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of the linear or branched alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, a tetradecyl group, and an octadecyl group. Isopropyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, 1-ethylpentyl group, and 2-ethylhexyl group. The cyclic alkyl group (cycloalkyl group) may be a monocyclic cycloalkyl group or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group. Examples of the monocyclic cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Examples of the polycyclic cycloalkyl group include an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, a bornyl group, a camphenyl group, a decahydronaphthyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a camphoroyl group, a dicyclohexyl group, and a pinenyl group. Can be mentioned. Among these, a cyclohexyl group is most preferable from the viewpoint of achieving high sensitivity. Moreover, as an alkyl group substituted by the aryl group, the linear alkyl group substituted by the aryl group mentioned later is preferable.
Specific examples of the aryl group include substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, heptalene ring, indecene ring, perylene ring, pentacene ring, acenaphthecene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene. Ring, naphthacene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, fluorene ring, biphenyl ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, indolizine ring , Indole ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinolidine ring, quinoline ring, phthalazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinoxazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, phenanthridine ring, acridine , A phenanthroline ring, a thianthrene ring, a chromene ring, a xanthene ring, a phenoxathiin ring, a phenothiazine ring or a phenazine ring. A benzene ring is most preferred.

 R13およびR14が有する重合性基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基、ブロックイソシアネート基、アルコキシメチル基、メチロール基、アミノ基などが挙げられる。
 本発明では、R13およびR14の好ましい実施形態として、ラジカル重合性基を含む態様が例示され、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基がより好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、下記式(III)で表される基などが挙げられる。
Examples of the polymerizable group possessed by R 13 and R 14 include an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a blocked isocyanate group, an alkoxymethyl group, a methylol group, and an amino group.
In the present invention, a preferred embodiment of R 13 and R 14, is exemplified embodiments comprising a radical polymerizable group, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is more preferable. Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth) allyl group, a group represented by the following formula (III), and the like.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

 式(III)において、R200は、水素またはメチルを表し、メチルがより好ましい。
 式(III)において、R201は、炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、-CHCH(OH)CH-または炭素数4~30のポリオキシアルキレン基を表す。
 好適なR201の例は、エチレン、プロピレン、トリメチレン、テトラメチレン、1,2-ブタンジイル、1,3-ブタンジイル、ペンタメチレン、ヘキサメチレン、オクタメチレン、ドデカメチレン、-CHCH(OH)CH-が挙げられ、エチレン、プロピレン、トリメチレン、-CHCH(OH)CH-がより好ましい。
 特に好ましくは、R200がメチルで、R201がエチレンである。
In the formula (III), R 200 represents hydrogen or methyl, and methyl is more preferable.
In the formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — or a polyoxyalkylene group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms.
Examples of suitable R 201 are ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, 1,2-butanediyl, 1,3-butanediyl, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, octamethylene, dodecamethylene, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 —, And ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, and —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 — are more preferable.
Particularly preferably, R 200 is methyl and R 201 is ethylene.

 一般式(1)中のR13およびR14が、重合性基(好ましくは、ラジカル重合性基)を含む場合、重合性基:重合性基非含有のモル比は、好ましくは100:0~5:95であり、より好ましくは100:0~20:80であり、さらに好ましくは100:0~50:50である。 When R 13 and R 14 in the general formula (1) contain a polymerizable group (preferably a radical polymerizable group), the molar ratio of polymerizable group: no polymerizable group is preferably 100: 0 to 5:95, more preferably 100: 0 to 20:80, and still more preferably 100: 0 to 50:50.

 一般式(1)において、Aが酸素原子であってR13が水素原子である場合、または/およびAが酸素原子であってR14が水素原子である場合、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する3級アミン化合物と対塩を形成していてもよい。このようなエチレン性不飽和結合を有する3級アミン化合物の例としては、N,N-ジメチルアミノプロピルメタクリレートが挙げられる。 In the general formula (1), when A 2 is an oxygen atom and R 13 is a hydrogen atom, or / and when A 1 is an oxygen atom and R 14 is a hydrogen atom, an ethylenically unsaturated bond is formed. The counter amine salt may be formed with the tertiary amine compound. Examples of such tertiary amine compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include N, N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.

 また、アルカリ現像の場合、解像性を向上させる点から、ポリイミド前駆体は、構造単位中にフッ素原子を有することが好ましい。フッ素原子により、アルカリ現像の際に膜の表面に撥水性が付与され、表面からのしみこみなどを抑えることができる。ポリイミド前駆体中のフッ素原子含有量は10質量%以上が好ましく、また、アルカリ水溶液に対する溶解性の点から20質量%以下が好ましい。 In the case of alkali development, the polyimide precursor preferably has a fluorine atom in the structural unit from the viewpoint of improving resolution. The fluorine atom imparts water repellency to the surface of the film during alkali development, and soaking in from the surface can be suppressed. The fluorine atom content in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10% by mass or more, and preferably 20% by mass or less from the viewpoint of solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution.

 また、基板との密着性を向上させる目的で、ポリイミド前駆体はシロキサン構造を有する脂肪族基を共重合してもよい。具体的には、ジアミン成分として、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、ビス(p-アミノフェニル)オクタメチルペンタシロキサンなどが挙げられる。 Also, for the purpose of improving the adhesion to the substrate, the polyimide precursor may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, examples of the diamine component include bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane and bis (p-aminophenyl) octamethylpentasiloxane.

 また、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の保存安定性を向上させるため、ポリイミド前駆体は主鎖末端をモノアミン、酸無水物、モノカルボン酸、モノ酸クロリド化合物、モノ活性エステル化合物などの末端封止剤で封止することが好ましい。これらのうち、モノアミンを用いることがより好ましい。モノアミンの好ましい化合物としては、アニリン、2-エチニルアニリン、3-エチニルアニリン、4-エチニルアニリン、5-アミノ-8-ヒドロキシキノリン、1-ヒドロキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、1-ヒドロキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、1-ヒドロキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、1-ヒドロキシ-4-アミノナフタレン、2-ヒドロキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、2-ヒドロキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、2-ヒドロキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、1-カルボキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、1-カルボキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、1-カルボキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、2-カルボキシ-7-アミノナフタレン、2-カルボキシ-6-アミノナフタレン、2-カルボキシ-5-アミノナフタレン、2-アミノ安息香酸、3-アミノ安息香酸、4-アミノ安息香酸、4-アミノサリチル酸、5-アミノサリチル酸、6-アミノサリチル酸、2-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、3-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、4-アミノベンゼンスルホン酸、3-アミノ-4,6-ジヒドロキシピリミジン、2-アミノフェノール、3-アミノフェノール、4-アミノフェノール、2-アミノチオフェノール、3-アミノチオフェノール、4-アミノチオフェノールなどが挙げられる。これらを2種以上用いてもよく、複数の末端封止剤を反応させることにより、複数の異なる末端基を導入してもよい。 In addition, in order to improve the storage stability of the negative photosensitive resin composition, the polyimide precursor is end-capped with a main chain end such as monoamine, acid anhydride, monocarboxylic acid, monoacid chloride compound, monoactive ester compound, etc. It is preferable to seal with an agent. Of these, it is more preferable to use a monoamine. Preferred examples of the monoamine include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene and 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene. 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy- 7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3- Minobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino- Examples include 4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, and 4-aminothiophenol. Two or more of these may be used, and a plurality of different terminal groups may be introduced by reacting a plurality of terminal blocking agents.

 本発明で用いるポリイミド前駆体は、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位と、他のイミド前駆体である他の繰り返し単位とからなっていてもよい。
 他の繰り返し単位を含む場合、ポリイミド前駆体における、他の繰り返し単位の割合は、1~60モル%であることが好ましく、5~50モル%であることがより好ましい。
The polyimide precursor used by this invention may consist of the repeating unit represented by General formula (1), and the other repeating unit which is another imide precursor.
When other repeating units are included, the proportion of the other repeating units in the polyimide precursor is preferably 1 to 60 mol%, and more preferably 5 to 50 mol%.

 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を含むポリイミド前駆体以外の、他のポリイミド前駆体を実質的に含まない構成とすることもできる。実質的に含まないとは、例えば、本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物に含まれる、上記の他のポリイミド前駆体の含有量が、ポリイミド前駆体の含有量の3質量%以下であることをいう。 The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can also be configured to contain substantially no other polyimide precursor other than the polyimide precursor containing the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1). “Substantially free” means, for example, that the content of the other polyimide precursor contained in the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is 3% by mass or less of the content of the polyimide precursor. Say.

 ポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは20000~28000であり、より好ましくは22000~27000であり、さらに好ましくは23000~25000である。
 ポリイミド前駆体の分散度(Mw/Mn)は、特に定めるものではないが、1.0以上であることが好ましく、2.5以上であることがより好ましく、2.8以上であることがさらに好ましい。ポリイミド前駆体の分散度の上限値は特に定めるものではないが、例えば、4.5以下が好ましく、3.4以下とすることもできる。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 20000 to 28000, more preferably 22000 to 27000, and further preferably 23000 to 25000.
The degree of dispersion (Mw / Mn) of the polyimide precursor is not particularly defined, but is preferably 1.0 or more, more preferably 2.5 or more, and further preferably 2.8 or more. preferable. The upper limit of the degree of dispersion of the polyimide precursor is not particularly defined, but is preferably 4.5 or less, for example, or 3.4 or less.

 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物における、ポリイミド前駆体の含有量は、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し20~100質量%が好ましく、50~99質量%がより好ましく、60~99質量%がさらに好ましく、70~99質量%が特に好ましい。 The content of the polyimide precursor in the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20 to 100% by mass, more preferably 50 to 99% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition. 60 to 99% by mass is more preferable, and 70 to 99% by mass is particularly preferable.

<その他の樹脂成分>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲において、他の樹脂成分を含んでいてもよい。他の樹脂成分としては、ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体、ポリイミド樹脂が例示される。また、本発明では、ポリイミド前駆体以外の樹脂を実質的に含まない構成とすることもできる。実質的に含まないとは、例えば、本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物に含まれるポリイミド前駆体以外の樹脂の含有量が、ポリイミド前駆体の含有量の3質量%以下であることをいう。
<Other resin components>
The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain other resin components without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Examples of other resin components include polybenzoxazole precursors and polyimide resins. Moreover, in this invention, it can also be set as the structure which does not contain resin other than a polyimide precursor substantially. “Substantially free” means, for example, that the content of the resin other than the polyimide precursor contained in the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is 3% by mass or less of the content of the polyimide precursor. .

<ラジカル重合開始剤>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、ラジカル重合開始剤を含む。ラジカル重合開始剤が、ポリイミド前駆体が有し得るラジカル重合性基、または、後述するラジカル重合性化合物の重合を開始させることによって、ネガ型現像を行うことができる。ラジカル重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であっても、熱ラジカル重合開始剤であってもよいが、好ましくは、光ラジカル重合開始剤である。より具体的には、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を半導体ウエハなどに適用して層状の組成物層を形成した後、光を照射することで、ラジカルによる硬化が起こり、光照射部における溶解性を低下させることができる。このため、例えば、電極部のみをマスクしたパターンを持つフォトマスクを介して上記組成物層を露光することで、電極のパターンにしたがって、溶解性の異なる領域を簡便に作製できるという利点がある。
<Radical polymerization initiator>
The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a radical polymerization initiator. Negative development can be performed by initiating polymerization of a radical polymerizable group that the polyimide precursor may have or a radical polymerizable compound described later. The radical polymerization initiator may be a radical photopolymerization initiator or a thermal radical polymerization initiator, but is preferably a radical photopolymerization initiator. More specifically, after applying a negative photosensitive resin composition to a semiconductor wafer or the like to form a layered composition layer, irradiation with light causes curing by radicals, and solubility in the light irradiation part. Can be reduced. For this reason, there exists an advantage that the area | region from which solubility differs can be easily produced according to the pattern of an electrode by exposing the said composition layer through the photomask with the pattern which masked only the electrode part, for example.

 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、ラジカル重合性化合物等の重合反応(架橋反応)を開始する能力を有する限り、特に制限はなく、公知の光ラジカル重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有するものが好ましい。また、光励起された増感剤と何らかの作用を生じ、活性ラジカルを生成する活性剤であってもよい。
 光ラジカル重合開始剤は、約300~800nm(好ましくは330~500nm)の範囲内に少なくとも約50のモル吸光係数を有する化合物を、少なくとも1種含有していることが好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、紫外可視分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。
The radical photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate a polymerization reaction (crosslinking reaction) of a radically polymerizable compound or the like, and can be appropriately selected from known radical photopolymerization initiators. For example, those having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region are preferable. Further, it may be an activator that generates some active radicals by generating some action with the photoexcited sensitizer.
The radical photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar extinction coefficient of at least about 50 within a range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar extinction coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure with an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g / L.

 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、公知の化合物を制限なく使用できるが、例えば、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有するもの、オキサジアゾール骨格を有するもの、トリハロメチル基を有するものなど)、アシルホスフィンオキサイド等のアシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、オキシム誘導体等のオキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、ケトオキシムエーテル、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン、アゾ系化合物、アジド化合物、メタロセン化合物、有機ホウ素化合物、鉄アレーン錯体などが挙げられる。 As the radical photopolymerization initiator, known compounds can be used without limitation. For example, halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, those having a triazine skeleton, those having an oxadiazole skeleton, those having a trihalomethyl group) , Acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, oxime compounds such as hexaarylbiimidazole and oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenone, azo Compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organic boron compounds, iron arene complexes, and the like.

 トリアジン骨格を有するハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体としては、例えば、若林ら著、Bull.Chem.Soc.Japan,42、2924(1969)に記載の化合物、英国特許1388492号明細書に記載の化合物、特開昭53-133428号公報に記載の化合物、独国特許3337024号明細書に記載の化合物、F.C.SchaeferなどによるJ.Org.Chem.;29、1527(1964)に記載の化合物、特開昭62-58241号公報に記載の化合物、特開平5-281728号公報に記載の化合物、特開平5-34920号公報に記載の化合物、米国特許第4212976号明細書に記載されている化合物などが挙げられる。 Examples of halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives having a triazine skeleton include those described in Wakabayashi et al., Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan, 42, 2924 (1969), a compound described in GB 1388492, a compound described in JP-A-53-133428, a compound described in DE 3337024, F . C. J. Schaefer et al. Org. Chem. 29, 1527 (1964), compounds described in JP-A-62-258241, compounds described in JP-A-5-281728, compounds described in JP-A-5-34920, Examples thereof include compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 4221976.

 米国特許第4212976号明細書に記載されている化合物としては、例えば、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物(例えば、2-トリクロロメチル-5-フェニル-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(4-クロロフェニル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(1-ナフチル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(2-ナフチル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリブロモメチル-5-フェニル-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリブロモメチル-5-(2-ナフチル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-スチリル-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(4-クロルスチリル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(4-メトキシスチリル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(1-ナフチル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(4-n-ブトキシスチリル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリブロモメチル-5-スチリル-1,3,4-オキサジアゾールなど)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the compounds described in US Pat. No. 4,221,976 include compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton (for example, 2-trichloromethyl-5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloro Methyl-5- (4-chlorophenyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5- (1-naphthyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5 (2-naphthyl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-tribromomethyl-5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-tribromomethyl-5- (2-naphthyl)- 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-styryl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5- (4-chlorostyryl) 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5- (4-methoxystyryl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5- (1-naphthyl) -1,3 , 4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5- (4-n-butoxystyryl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-tribromomethyl-5-styryl-1,3,4-oxa And diazole).

 また、上記以外の光ラジカル重合開始剤として、アクリジン誘導体(例えば、9-フェニルアクリジン、1,7-ビス(9,9’-アクリジニル)ヘプタンなど)、N-フェニルグリシンなど、ポリハロゲン化合物(例えば、四臭化炭素、フェニルトリブロモメチルスルホン、フェニルトリクロロメチルケトンなど)、クマリン類(例えば、3-(2-ベンゾフラノイル)-7-ジエチルアミノクマリン、3-(2-ベンゾフロイル)-7-(1-ピロリジニル)クマリン、3-ベンゾイル-7-ジエチルアミノクマリン、3-(2-メトキシベンゾイル)-7-ジエチルアミノクマリン、3-(4-ジメチルアミノベンゾイル)-7-ジエチルアミノクマリン、3,3’-カルボニルビス(5,7-ジ-n-プロポキシクマリン)、3,3’-カルボニルビス(7-ジエチルアミノクマリン)、3-ベンゾイル-7-メトキシクマリン、3-(2-フロイル)-7-ジエチルアミノクマリン、3-(4-ジエチルアミノシンナモイル)-7-ジエチルアミノクマリン、7-メトキシ-3-(3-ピリジルカルボニル)クマリン、3-ベンゾイル-5,7-ジプロポキシクマリン、7-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イルクマリン、また、特開平5-19475号公報、特開平7-271028号公報、特開2002-363206号公報、特開2002-363207号公報、特開2002-363208号公報、特開2002-363209号公報などに記載のクマリン化合物など)、アシルホスフィンオキサイド類(例えば、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルホスフィンオキサイド、ビス(2,6-ジメトキシベンゾイル)-2,4,4-トリメチル-ペンチルフェニルホスフィンオキサイド、LucirinTPOなど)、メタロセン類(例えば、特開2011-13602号公報の段落番号0076に記載のチタノセン化合物、ビス(η5-2,4-シクロペンタジエン-1-イル)-ビス(2,6-ジフロロ-3-(1H-ピロール-1-イル)-フェニル)チタニウム、η5-シクロペンタジエニル-η6-クメニル-アイアン(1+)-ヘキサフロロホスフェート(1-)など)、特開昭53-133428号公報、特公昭57-1819号公報、同57-6096号公報、および米国特許第3615455号明細書に記載された化合物などが挙げられる。 Further, as photo radical polymerization initiators other than those described above, polyhalogen compounds (for example, 9-phenylacridine, 1,7-bis (9,9′-acridinyl) heptane, etc.), N-phenylglycine (for example, 9-phenylacridine, etc.) , Carbon tetrabromide, phenyltribromomethylsulfone, phenyltrichloromethylketone, etc.), coumarins (for example, 3- (2-benzofuranoyl) -7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3- (2-benzofuroyl) -7- ( 1-pyrrolidinyl) coumarin, 3-benzoyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3- (2-methoxybenzoyl) -7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3- (4-dimethylaminobenzoyl) -7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3,3′-carbonyl Bis (5,7-di-n-propoxycoumarin), 3, '-Carbonylbis (7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-benzoyl-7-methoxycoumarin, 3- (2-furoyl) -7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3- (4-diethylaminocinnamoyl) -7-diethylaminocoumarin, 7- Methoxy-3- (3-pyridylcarbonyl) coumarin, 3-benzoyl-5,7-dipropoxycoumarin, 7-benzotriazol-2-ylcoumarin, JP-A-5-19475, JP-A-7-271028 JP-A 2002-363206, JP-A 2002-363207, JP-A 2002-363208, JP-A 2002-363209, etc.), acylphosphine oxides (for example, bis ( 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -fe Ruphosphine oxide, bis (2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl) -2,4,4-trimethyl-pentylphenylphosphine oxide, Lucirin TPO, etc.), metallocenes (for example, described in paragraph No. 0076 of JP2011-13602A) Titanocene compound, bis (η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl) -bis (2,6-difluoro-3- (1H-pyrrol-1-yl) -phenyl) titanium, η5-cyclopentadienyl- η6-cumenyl-iron (1 +)-hexafluorophosphate (1-), etc.), JP-A 53-133428, JP-B 57-1819, JP 57-6096, and US Pat. No. 3,615,455. And the compounds described in the book.

 ケトン化合物としては、例えば、ベンゾフェノン、2-メチルベンゾフェノン、3-メチルベンゾフェノン、4-メチルベンゾフェノン、4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、2-クロロベンゾフェノン、4-クロロベンゾフェノン、4-ブロモベンゾフェノン、2-カルボキシベンゾフェノン、2-エトキシカルボニルベンゾフェノン、ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸又はそのテトラメチルエステル、4,4’-ビス(ジアルキルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン類(例えば、4,4’-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビス(ジシクロヘキシルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビス(ジヒドロキシエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、4-メトキシ-4’-ジメチルアミノベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジメトキシベンゾフェノン、4-ジメチルアミノベンゾフェノン、4-ジメチルアミノアセトフェノン、ベンジル、アントラキノン、2-t-ブチルアントラキノン、2-メチルアントラキノン、フェナントラキノン、キサントン、チオキサントン、2-クロル-チオキサントン、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン、フルオレノン、2-ベンジル-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-1-ブタノン、2-メチル-1-〔4-(メチルチオ)フェニル〕-2-モルホリノ-1-プロパノン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-〔4-(1-メチルビニル)フェニル〕プロパノールオリゴマー、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインエーテル類(例えば、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインフェニルエーテル、ベンジルジメチルケタール)、アクリドン、クロロアクリドン、N-メチルアクリドン、N-ブチルアクリドン、N-ブチル-クロロアクリドンなどが挙げられる。
 市販品では、カヤキュアーDETX(日本化薬(株)製)も好適に用いられる。
Examples of the ketone compound include benzophenone, 2-methylbenzophenone, 3-methylbenzophenone, 4-methylbenzophenone, 4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4-chlorobenzophenone, 4-bromobenzophenone, 2-carboxybenzophenone, 2 -Ethoxycarbonylbenzophenone, benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid or its tetramethyl ester, 4,4'-bis (dialkylamino) benzophenones (eg 4,4'-bis (dimethylamino) benzophenone, 4,4'-bis (dicyclohexyl) Amino) benzophenone, 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, 4,4′-bis (dihydroxyethylamino) benzophenone, 4-methoxy-4′-dimethylaminobenzopheno 4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 4-dimethylaminobenzophenone, 4-dimethylaminoacetophenone, benzyl, anthraquinone, 2-t-butylanthraquinone, 2-methylanthraquinone, phenanthraquinone, xanthone, thioxanthone, 2-chloro- Thioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, fluorenone, 2-benzyl-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholino- 1-propanone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl- [4- (1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanol oligomer, benzoin, benzoin ethers (for example, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin propyl) Ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin phenyl ether, benzyl dimethyl ketal), acridone, chloro acridone, N- methyl acridone, N- butyl acridone, N- butyl - such as chloro acrylic pyrrolidone.
As a commercial product, Kaya Cure DETX (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) is also preferably used.

 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、ヒドロキシアセトフェノン化合物、アミノアセトフェノン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物も好適に用いることができる。より具体的には、例えば、特開平10-291969号公報に記載のアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特許第4225898号公報に記載のアシルホスフィンオキシド系開始剤も用いることができる。
 ヒドロキシアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、IRGACURE-184、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE-127(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。
 アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤としては、市販品であるIRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369、および、IRGACURE-379(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。IRGACUREは登録商標である。
 アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤として、365nmまたは405nm等の光源に吸収波長がマッチングされた、特開2009-191179号公報に記載の化合物も用いることができる。
 アシルホスフィン系開始剤としては、市販品であるIRGACURE-819やDAROCUR-TPO(商品名:いずれもBASF社製)を用いることができる。
As the photoradical polymerization initiator, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds can also be suitably used. More specifically, for example, aminoacetophenone initiators described in JP-A-10-291969 and acylphosphine oxide initiators described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can also be used.
As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE-127 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used. IRGACURE is a registered trademark.
As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, compounds described in JP-A-2009-191179 whose absorption wavelength is matched with a light source of 365 nm or 405 nm can also be used.
As the acylphosphine initiator, commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF) can be used.

 光ラジカル重合開始剤として、より好ましくはオキシム化合物が挙げられる。オキシム系開始剤の具体例としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-80068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物を用いることができる。
 好ましいオキシム化合物としては、例えば、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、および2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。
As the photo radical polymerization initiator, an oxime compound is more preferable. Specific examples of the oxime initiator include compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A No. 2000-80068, and compounds described in JP-A No. 2006-342166. .
Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3- (4-toluenesulfonyloxy) iminobutan-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxy And imino-1-phenylpropan-1-one.

 オキシム化合物としては、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)pp.1653-1660、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)pp.156-162、およびJournal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年)pp.202-232に記載の化合物、並びに、特開2000-66385号、特開2000-80068号、特表2004-534797号、および特開2006-342166号の各公報に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。
 市販品ではIRGACURE-OXE01(BASF社製)、IRGACURE-OXE02(BASF社製)、N-1919(ADEKA社製)も好適に用いられる。
Examples of oxime compounds include J.M. C. S. Perkin II (1979) pp. 1653-1660, J.A. C. S. Perkin II (1979) pp. 156-162, and Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995) pp. And the compounds described in JP-A 2000-66385, JP-A 2000-80068, JP-T 2004-534797, and JP-A 2006-342166.
As commercially available products, IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF), IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF), and N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA) are also preferably used.

 また、カルバゾール環のN位にオキシムが連結した特表2009-519904号公報に記載の化合物、ベンゾフェノン部位にヘテロ置換基が導入された米国特許7626957号公報に記載の化合物、色素部位にニトロ基が導入された特開2010-15025号公報および米国特許公開2009-292039号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開WO2009/131189号公報に記載のケトオキシム系化合物、トリアジン骨格とオキシム骨格を同一分子内に含む米国特許7556910号公報に記載の化合物、405nmに吸収極大を有し、g線光源に対して良好な感度を有する、特開2009-221114号公報に記載の化合物などを用いてもよい。
 また、特開2007-231000号公報、および、特開2007-322744号公報に記載される環状オキシム化合物も好適に用いることができる。環状オキシム化合物の中でも、特に特開2010-32985号公報、特開2010-185072号公報に記載される、カルバゾール色素に縮環した環状オキシム化合物は、高い光吸収性を有し、高感度化の観点から好ましい。
 また、オキシム化合物の特定部位に不飽和結合を有する化合物である、特開2009-242469号公報に記載の化合物も好適に使用することができる。
 また、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることも可能である。そのような開始剤の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載されている化合物、特表2014-500852号公報の段落番号0345に記載されている化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報の段落番号0101に記載されている化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。具体例としては、以下の化合物が挙げられる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 最も好ましいオキシム化合物としては、特開2007-269779号公報に示される、特定置換基を有するオキシム化合物や、特開2009-191061号公報に示される、チオアリール基を有するオキシム化合物などが挙げられる。 Further, compounds described in JP-T 2009-519904, in which an oxime is linked to the N-position of the carbazole ring, compounds described in US Pat. No. 7,626,957 in which a hetero substituent is introduced into the benzophenone moiety, and nitro groups in the dye moiety The compound described in JP 2010-15025 A and US Patent Publication No. 2009-292039 introduced, the ketoxime compound described in International Publication WO 2009/131189, the US containing a triazine skeleton and an oxime skeleton in the same molecule A compound described in Japanese Patent No. 7556910, a compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-221114, which has an absorption maximum at 405 nm, and has a good sensitivity to a g-ray light source may be used.
In addition, the cyclic oxime compounds described in JP-A-2007-231000 and JP-A-2007-322744 can also be suitably used. Among the cyclic oxime compounds, in particular, the cyclic oxime compounds fused to carbazole dyes described in JP2010-32985A and JP2010-185072A have high light absorption and high sensitivity. It is preferable from the viewpoint.
In addition, a compound described in JP-A-2009-242469, which is a compound having an unsaturated bond at a specific site of the oxime compound, can also be suitably used.
It is also possible to use an oxime compound having a fluorine atom. Specific examples of such an initiator include compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph No. 0345 of JP 2014-500852 A, JP Examples thereof include compound (C-3) described in paragraph No. 0101 of 2013-164471. Specific examples include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
As the most preferred oxime compounds, there are oxime compounds having a specific substituent, as disclosed in JP 2007-267979 A, and oxime compounds having a thioaryl group, as disclosed in JP 2009-191061 A.

 光ラジカル重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、フォスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリルイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物およびその誘導体、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体およびその塩、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、3-アリール置換クマリン化合物からなる群より選択される化合物が好ましい。
 より好ましくは、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、フォスフィンオキサイド化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、オニウム化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物であり、さらに好ましくは、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、オキシム化合物、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマー、ベンゾフェノン化合物であり、最も好ましくは、オキシム化合物である。
From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photo radical polymerization initiator is a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethyl ketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, Selected from the group consisting of allylimidazole dimer, onium compound, benzothiazole compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex and salt thereof, halomethyloxadiazole compound, 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound Are preferred.
More preferred are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium compounds, benzophenone compounds, and acetophenone compounds, and more preferred are trihalomethyltriazine compounds. , Α-aminoketone compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds, and most preferably oxime compounds.

 ラジカル重合開始剤の含有量は、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~30質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~20質量%であり、さらに好ましくは0.1~10質量%である。また、100質量部に対し、ラジカル重合開始剤を1~20質量部含むことが好ましく、3~10質量部含むことがより好ましい。
 ラジカル重合開始剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。ラジカル重合開始剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
The content of the radical polymerization initiator is preferably from 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably from 0.1 to 20% by mass, still more preferably from 0.1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition. 1 to 10% by mass. Further, the radical polymerization initiator is preferably contained in an amount of 1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass.
Only one type of radical polymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more radical polymerization initiators, the total is preferably in the above range.

<第1の重合禁止剤>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、芳香族性水酸基を有する化合物から選択される少なくとも1種の第1の重合禁止剤を含む。このような重合禁止剤は、主に、酸素存在下で、ラジカル重合性基を有する化合物の重合禁止効果が強い。
<First polymerization inhibitor>
The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains at least one first polymerization inhibitor selected from compounds having an aromatic hydroxyl group. Such a polymerization inhibitor mainly has a strong polymerization inhibitory effect on a compound having a radical polymerizable group in the presence of oxygen.

 芳香族性水酸基を有する化合物は、式(101)に示す化合物であることが好ましい。
式(101)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 式(101)において、mは1~5の整数を表し、nは1~4の整数を表し、n個のR101は、それぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、シアノ基、水酸基、炭素数1~20の分岐を有していてもよいアルキル基、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基、炭素数6~12のアリール基、炭素数1~5のアルケニル基、または、炭素数1~5のアルキニル基を表し、これらの基は式(101)に示すベンゼン環と連結基を介して結合していてもよく、連結基としては、カルボニル基、カルボニルオキシ基(-COO-)、オキシカルボニル基(-OCO-)、チオ基、スルホニル基、スルフィニル基、オキシ基、イミノ基(-NH-)、アミド基、炭素数1~6のアルキレン基、炭素数6~12のアリーレン基、ホスホン酸エステル基、リン酸エステル基、トリアジンおよびジオキサン等の複素環から2個以上の水素原子を除いた3~8員環の多価の複素環基、アルキルアミノ基並びにこれらの連結基の組合せから選択される多価の連結基が挙げられる。さらに、2つ以上のR101で表される基が互いに結合して環構造を形成していてもよい。 The compound having an aromatic hydroxyl group is preferably a compound represented by the formula (101).
Formula (101)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
In the formula (101), m represents an integer of 1 to 5, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, and each of the n R 101 independently represents a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom). Atom), a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group optionally having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Represents an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and these groups may be bonded to the benzene ring represented by the formula (101) via a linking group. Oxy group (—COO—), oxycarbonyl group (—OCO—), thio group, sulfonyl group, sulfinyl group, oxy group, imino group (—NH—), amide group, alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, carbon 6 to 12 allies A 3- to 8-membered polyvalent heterocyclic group in which two or more hydrogen atoms are removed from a heterocyclic ring such as a len group, a phosphonic acid ester group, a phosphoric acid ester group, a triazine or a dioxane, an alkylamino group, and a linkage thereof Examples include multivalent linking groups selected from a combination of groups. Furthermore, two or more groups represented by R 101 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.

 R101で表される基は導入可能な炭素原子に置換基を有していてもよい。導入することができる置換基としては、炭素数1~6のアルキル基、水酸基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、アミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アルコキシ基および(メタ)アクリロイル基等が例示できる。 The group represented by R 101 may have a substituent on an introduceable carbon atom. Examples of the substituent that can be introduced include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, hydroxyl groups, cyano groups, halogen atoms (fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms, iodine atoms), amino groups, alkylamino groups, alkoxy groups, and A (meth) acryloyl group etc. can be illustrated.

 X101は、mが1のときは存在せず、mが2以上である場合にm価の連結基を表し、具体的には単結合、カルボニル基、カルボニルオキシ基、チオ基、スルホニル基、スルフィニル基、オキシ基、ホスホン酸エステル基、炭素数1~6のアルキレン基、炭素数6~12のアリーレン基、イミノ基、水素原子をm個除いた炭素数1~6の脂肪族炭化水素基、水素原子をm個除いたm価の炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基、トリアジンおよびジオキサン等の複素環から水素原子をm個除いた6~12員環の複素環基、並びに、これらの連結基の組合せ等が挙げられ、導入可能な炭素原子に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基は、R101と同じ置換基が好ましい。 X 101 does not exist when m is 1, and represents an m-valent linking group when m is 2 or more, specifically a single bond, a carbonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a thio group, a sulfonyl group, Sulfinyl group, oxy group, phosphonic acid ester group, alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, imino group, aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms excluding m hydrogen atoms , An m-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms from which m hydrogen atoms have been removed, a 6 to 12-membered heterocyclic group by removing m hydrogen atoms from a heterocyclic ring such as triazine and dioxane, and Combinations of these linking groups and the like can be mentioned, and the carbon atom that can be introduced may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably the same as R 101 .

 式(101)においてmが1である場合、連結基X101を有しないことはいうまでもない。この場合、X101の代わりに一価の置換基を有してもよく、一価の置換基としては、R101と同様の基が例示され、ベンゼン環に置換したR101と結合して環構造を形成してもよく、ベンゼン環と連結基を介して結合してもよい。 Needless to say, when m is 1 in the formula (101), the linking group X 101 is not present. In this case, it may have a monovalent substituent group in place of X 101, as the monovalent substituent is exemplified the same groups as R 101, combined with R 101 substituted on the benzene rings A structure may be formed and may be bonded to the benzene ring via a linking group.

 第1の重合禁止剤として具体的には、4-メトキシフェノール、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、チオジエチレンビス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、オクタデシル-3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート、N,N’-ヘキサン-1,6-ジイルビス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオンアミド]、3,3’,3”,5,5’,5”-ヘキサ-tert-ブチル-a,a’,a”-(メシチレン-2,4,6-トリイル)トリ-p-クレゾール、4,6-ビス(オクチルチオメチル)-o―クレゾール、エチレンビス(オキシエチレン)ビス[3-(5-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-m-トリル)プロピオネート]、ヘキサメチレンビス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート、1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-(4,6-ビス(オクチルチオ)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2-イルアミノ)フェノール、カテコール、tert-ブチル-カテコール、4,4’,4”-(1-メチルプロパニル-3-イリデン)トリス(6-tert-ブチル-m-クレゾール)、6,6’-ジ-tert-ブチル-4,4’-ブチリデン-m-クレゾール、3,9-ビス[2-[3-(3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ]-1,1-ジメチルエチル]-2,4,8,10-テトラオキサスピロ[5,5]ウンデカン、ハイドロキノン、メチルハイドロキノン、t-ブチルハイドロキノン、ジ-t-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、4,4-チオビス(3-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、フェノール樹脂類、及びクレゾール樹脂類が例示される。
 また、3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオン酸アルキルエステルも好ましい例として挙げられる。ここでのアルキルエステルが有するアルキル鎖の部分の炭素数は7~9が好ましい。
 ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物における第1の重合禁止剤の含有量は、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~5質量%が好ましい。第1の重合禁止剤の含有量の下限値は、0.02質量%以上がより好ましく、0.03質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限値としては、3質量%以下がより好ましく、1質量%以下がさらに好ましい。
 第1の重合禁止剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。第1の重合禁止剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
Specific examples of the first polymerization inhibitor include 4-methoxyphenol, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4 -Hydroxyphenyl) propionate], thiodiethylenebis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], octadecyl-3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy Phenyl) propionate, N, N′-hexane-1,6-diylbis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionamide], 3,3 ′, 3 ″, 5,5 ', 5 "-hexa-tert-butyl-a, a', a"-(mesitylene-2,4,6-triyl) tri-p-cresol, 4,6-bis (Octylthiomethyl) -o-cresol, ethylenebis (oxyethylene) bis [3- (5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-m-tolyl) propionate], hexamethylenebis [3- (3,5-di- -Tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, 1,3,5-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6 ( 1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4- (4,6-bis (octylthio) -1,3,5-triazin-2-ylamino) phenol, catechol, tert-butyl -Catechol, 4,4 ', 4 "-(1-methylpropanyl-3-ylidene) tris (6-tert-butyl-m-cresol), 6,6'-di-te t-butyl-4,4′-butylidene-m-cresol, 3,9-bis [2- [3- (3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl) propionyloxy] -1,1- Dimethylethyl] -2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro [5,5] undecane, hydroquinone, methylhydroquinone, t-butylhydroquinone, di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, 4,4-thiobis ( Examples include 3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis (4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), phenol resins, and cresol resins.
A preferred example is 3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionic acid alkyl ester. The alkyl chain portion of the alkyl ester here preferably has 7 to 9 carbon atoms.
The content of the first polymerization inhibitor in the negative photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition. The lower limit of the content of the first polymerization inhibitor is more preferably 0.02% by mass or more, and further preferably 0.03% by mass or more. As an upper limit, 3 mass% or less is more preferable, and 1 mass% or less is further more preferable.
Only 1 type may be sufficient as a 1st polymerization inhibitor, and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it. When there are two or more first polymerization inhibitors, the total is preferably in the above range.

<第2の重合禁止剤>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、ニトロソ化合物、N-オキシド化合物、キノン化合物、N-オキシル化合物およびフェノチアジン化合物から選択される少なくとも1種の第2の重合禁止剤を含む。このような重合禁止剤は、主に、非酸素存在下でラジカル重合性基を有する化合物の重合禁止効果が強い。
<Second polymerization inhibitor>
The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains at least one second polymerization inhibitor selected from nitroso compounds, N-oxide compounds, quinone compounds, N-oxyl compounds, and phenothiazine compounds. Such a polymerization inhibitor mainly has a strong polymerization inhibitory effect on a compound having a radical polymerizable group in the presence of non-oxygen.

 第2の重合禁止剤のニトロソ化合物としては、ニトロソベンゼン、2-ニトロソトルエン、1,2,4,5-テトラメチル-3-ニトロソベンゼン、4-ニトロソフェノール、1-ニトロソ-2-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-1-ナフトール、4-ニトロソ-ジフェニルアミン、3,5-ジブロモ-4-ニトロソベンゼンスルホン酸、N-ニトロソピロリジン、N-t-ブチル-N-ニトロソアニリン、N-ニトロソジメチルアミン、N-ニトロソジエチルアミン、1-ニトロソピペリジン、4-ニトロソモルホリン、N-ニトロソ-N-メチルブチルアミン、N-ニトロソ-N-エチルウレア、N-ニトロソヘキサメチレンイミン、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン第一セリウム塩及びN-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミンアルミニウム塩、2,4,6-Tris-t-ブチル-ニトロソベンゼン、N-ニトロソジフェニルアミンが例示される。 The second polymerization inhibitor nitroso compounds include nitrosobenzene, 2-nitrosotoluene, 1,2,4,5-tetramethyl-3-nitrosobenzene, 4-nitrosophenol, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2 -Nitroso-1-naphthol, 4-nitroso-diphenylamine, 3,5-dibromo-4-nitrosobenzenesulfonic acid, N-nitrosopyrrolidine, Nt-butyl-N-nitrosoaniline, N-nitrosodimethylamine, N- Nitrosodiethylamine, 1-nitrosopiperidine, 4-nitrosomorpholine, N-nitroso-N-methylbutylamine, N-nitroso-N-ethylurea, N-nitrosohexamethyleneimine, N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine primary cerium salt and N- Nitrosophenylhydroxyamine Salt, 2,4,6-Tris-t- butyl - nitrosobenzene, N- nitrosodiphenylamine is exemplified.

 N-オキシド化合物としては、フェニル-t-ブチルニトロン、3,3,5,5-テトラメチル-1-ピロリン-N-オキシド、5,5-ジメチル-1-ピロリンN-オキシド、4-メチルモルホリンN-オキシド、ピリジンN-オキシド、4-ニトロピリジンN-オキシド、3-ヒドロキシピリジンN-オキシド、ピコリン酸N-オキシド、ニコチン酸N-オキシド、およびイソニコチン酸N-オキシドが例示される。 Examples of N-oxide compounds include phenyl-t-butylnitrone, 3,3,5,5-tetramethyl-1-pyrroline-N-oxide, 5,5-dimethyl-1-pyrroline N-oxide, 4-methylmorpholine. Examples include N-oxide, pyridine N-oxide, 4-nitropyridine N-oxide, 3-hydroxypyridine N-oxide, picolinic acid N-oxide, nicotinic acid N-oxide, and isonicotinic acid N-oxide.

 キノン化合物としては、p-ベンゾキノン、p-キシロキノン、p-トルキノン、2,6-ジメチル-1,4-ベンゾキノン、テトラメチル-1,4-ベンゾキノン、2-tert-ブチル-p-ベンゾキノン、2,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-1,4-ベンゾキノン、2,6-ジ-tert-1,4-ベンゾキノン、チモキノン、2,5-ジ-tert-アミルベンゾキノン、2-ブロモ-1,4-ベンゾキノン、2,5-ジブロモ-1,4-ベンゾキノン、2,5-ジクロロ-1,4-ベンゾキノン、2,6-ジクロロ-1,4-ベンゾキノン、2-ブロモ-5-メチル-1,4-ベンゾキノン、テトラフルオロ-1,4-ベンゾキノン、テトラブロモ-1,4-ベンゾキノン、2-クロロ-5-メチル-1,4-ベンゾキノン、テトラクロロ-1,4-ベンゾキノン、メトキシ-1,4-ベンゾキノン、2,5-ジヒドロキシ-1,4-ベンゾキノン、2,5-ジメトキシ-1,4-ベンゾキノン、2,6-ジメトキシ-1,4-ベンゾキノン、2,3-ジメトキシ-5-メチル-1,4-ベンゾキノン、テトラヒドロキシ-1,4-ベンゾキノン、2,5-ジフェニル-1,4-ベンゾキノン、1,4-ナフトキノン、1,4-アントラキノン、2-メチル-1,4-ナフトキノン、5,8-ジヒドロキシ-1,4-ナフトキノン、2-ヒドロキシ-1,4-ナフトキノン、5-ヒドロキシ-1,4-ナフトキノン、5-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1,4-ナフトキノン、1-ニトロアントラキノン、アントラキノン、1-アミノアントラキノン、1,2-ベンゾアントラキノン、1,4-ジアミノアントラキノン、2,3-ジメチルアントラキノン、2-エチルアントラキノン、2-メチルアントラキノン、5,12-ナフタセンキノンが例示される。 Examples of quinone compounds include p-benzoquinone, p-xyloquinone, p-toluquinone, 2,6-dimethyl-1,4-benzoquinone, tetramethyl-1,4-benzoquinone, 2-tert-butyl-p-benzoquinone, 2, 5-di-tert-butyl-1,4-benzoquinone, 2,6-di-tert-1,4-benzoquinone, thymoquinone, 2,5-di-tert-amylbenzoquinone, 2-bromo-1,4-benzoquinone 2,5-dibromo-1,4-benzoquinone, 2,5-dichloro-1,4-benzoquinone, 2,6-dichloro-1,4-benzoquinone, 2-bromo-5-methyl-1,4-benzoquinone Tetrafluoro-1,4-benzoquinone, tetrabromo-1,4-benzoquinone, 2-chloro-5-methyl-1,4-benzoquinone, teto Chloro-1,4-benzoquinone, methoxy-1,4-benzoquinone, 2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-benzoquinone, 2,5-dimethoxy-1,4-benzoquinone, 2,6-dimethoxy-1,4- Benzoquinone, 2,3-dimethoxy-5-methyl-1,4-benzoquinone, tetrahydroxy-1,4-benzoquinone, 2,5-diphenyl-1,4-benzoquinone, 1,4-naphthoquinone, 1,4-anthraquinone 2-methyl-1,4-naphthoquinone, 5,8-dihydroxy-1,4-naphthoquinone, 2-hydroxy-1,4-naphthoquinone, 5-hydroxy-1,4-naphthoquinone, 5-hydroxy-2-methyl 1,4-naphthoquinone, 1-nitroanthraquinone, anthraquinone, 1-aminoanthraquinone, 1,2-benzoant Quinone, 1,4-diamino-anthraquinone 2,3-dimethyl anthraquinone 2-ethylanthraquinone, 2-methyl anthraquinone, 5,12 Nafutasenkinon are exemplified.

 N-オキシル化合物としては、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル、4-シアノ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル、4-アミノ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル、4-カルボキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル、4-メトキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル、4-ヒドロキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル、4-メタクリロイルオキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシル、ピペリジン1-オキシルフリーラジカル、4-オキソ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシルフリーラジカル、4-アセトアミド-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシルフリーラジカル、4-マレイミド-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシルフリーラジカル、及び4-ホスホノキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン1-オキシルフリーラジカル、ピロリジン1-オキシルフリーラジカル化合物類、3-カルボキシプロキシルフリーラジカル(3-カルボキシ-2,2,5,5-テトラメチルピロリジン1-オキシルフリーラジカル)が例示される。 Examples of N-oxyl compounds include 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl, 4-cyano-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl, 4-amino-2,2,6. , 6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl, 4-carboxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl, 4-methoxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl, 4- Hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl, 4-methacryloyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl, piperidine 1-oxyl free radical, 4-oxo-2, 2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical, 4-acetamido-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1- Xylyl free radical, 4-maleimido-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical, and 4-phosphonoxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl free radical, pyrrolidine 1- Examples include oxyl free radical compounds and 3-carboxyproxyl free radical (3-carboxy-2,2,5,5-tetramethylpyrrolidine 1-oxyl free radical).

 フェノチアジン化合物としては、フェノチアジン、10-メチルフェノチアジン、2-メチルチオフェノチアジン、2-クロロフェノチアジン、2-エチルチオフェノチアジン、2-(トリフルオロメチル)フェノチアジン、2-メトキシフェノチアジンが例示される。 Examples of the phenothiazine compound include phenothiazine, 10-methylphenothiazine, 2-methylthiophenothiazine, 2-chlorophenothiazine, 2-ethylthiophenothiazine, 2- (trifluoromethyl) phenothiazine, and 2-methoxyphenothiazine.

 尚、第1の重合禁止剤と第2の重合禁止剤のいずれの構造にも属す化合物は、膜の表層付近および膜の内部のいずれでも重合禁止をすることができるため、第2の重合禁止剤とみなす。 Since compounds belonging to either structure of the first polymerization inhibitor and the second polymerization inhibitor can inhibit polymerization in the vicinity of the surface layer of the film and inside the film, the second polymerization inhibition Considered an agent.

 第2の重合禁止剤としては、キノン化合物およびN-オキシル化合物から選択されることが好ましい。
 ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物における第2の重合禁止剤の含有量は、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~5質量%が好ましい。第2の重合禁止剤の含有量の下限値は、0.02質量%以上がより好ましく、0.03質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限値としては、3質量%以下がより好ましく、1質量%以下がさらに好ましい。
 第2の重合禁止剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。第2の重合禁止剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
The second polymerization inhibitor is preferably selected from quinone compounds and N-oxyl compounds.
The content of the second polymerization inhibitor in the negative photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition. The lower limit value of the content of the second polymerization inhibitor is more preferably 0.02% by mass or more, and further preferably 0.03% by mass or more. As an upper limit, 3 mass% or less is more preferable, and 1 mass% or less is further more preferable.
The second polymerization inhibitor may be only one type or two or more types. When the number of second polymerization inhibitors is two or more, the total is preferably in the above range.

<重合禁止剤の比率>
 第1の重合禁止剤と、第2の重合禁止剤との質量比率は特に定めるものではないが、1:99~99:1であることが好ましく、90:10~10:90であることがより好ましく、70:30~30:70であることがさらに好ましい。このような範囲とすることにより、露光ラチチュードがより広くなる傾向にある。
 また、本発明では、上記第1の重合禁止剤および第2の重合禁止剤以外の重合禁止剤を含んでいてもよい。また、本発明では、上記第1の重合禁止剤および第2の重合禁止剤以外の重合禁止剤を実質的に含まない構成とすることもできる。実質的に含まないとは、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物に含まれる重合禁止剤のうち、他の重合禁止剤の量が、全重合性禁止剤の量の5質量%以下であることをいう。
 また、第1の重合禁止剤と、ラジカル重合開始剤との質量比率は、0.01:99.99~20:80であることが好ましく、1:99~10:90がより好ましい。このような範囲とすることにより、露光ラチチュードがより広くなる傾向にある。
<Ratio of polymerization inhibitor>
The mass ratio between the first polymerization inhibitor and the second polymerization inhibitor is not particularly defined, but is preferably 1:99 to 99: 1, and preferably 90:10 to 10:90. More preferably, it is 70:30 to 30:70. By setting such a range, the exposure latitude tends to be wider.
In the present invention, a polymerization inhibitor other than the first polymerization inhibitor and the second polymerization inhibitor may be included. Moreover, in this invention, it can also be set as the structure which does not contain polymerization inhibitors other than the said 1st polymerization inhibitor and a 2nd polymerization inhibitor. “Substantially free” means that, among the polymerization inhibitors contained in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, the amount of other polymerization inhibitors is 5% by mass or less of the total amount of the polymerization inhibitor. Say.
The mass ratio of the first polymerization inhibitor to the radical polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01: 99.99 to 20:80, more preferably 1:99 to 10:90. By setting such a range, the exposure latitude tends to be wider.

<ラジカル重合性化合物>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、上記ポリイミド前駆体以外のラジカル重合性化合物を含有していてもよい。ラジカル重合性化合物を含有させることにより、より耐熱性に優れた硬化膜を形成することができる。更には、フォトリソグラフィ法にてパターン形成を行うこともできる。
 ラジカル重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物が好ましく、エチレン性不飽和基を2個以上含む化合物であることがより好ましい。
 ラジカル重合性化合物は、例えば、モノマー、プレポリマー、オリゴマーおよびそれらの混合物並びにそれらの多量体などの化学的形態のいずれであってもよい。
<Radically polymerizable compound>
The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a radical polymerizable compound other than the polyimide precursor. By containing a radically polymerizable compound, a cured film having better heat resistance can be formed. Furthermore, pattern formation can also be performed by photolithography.
As the radical polymerizable compound, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferable, and a compound containing two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups is more preferable.
The radically polymerizable compound may be in any of chemical forms such as monomers, prepolymers, oligomers and mixtures thereof, and multimers thereof.

 本発明において、モノマータイプのラジカル重合性化合物(以下、ラジカル重合性モノマーともいう)は、高分子化合物とは異なる化合物である。ラジカル重合性モノマーは、典型的には、低分子化合物であり、分子量2000以下の低分子化合物であることが好ましく、分子量1500以下の低分子化合物であることがより好ましく、分子量900以下の低分子化合物であることがさらに好ましい。なお、ラジカル重合性モノマーの分子量は、通常、100以上である。
 また、オリゴマータイプのラジカル重合性化合物は、典型的には比較的低い分子量の重合体であり、10個から100個のラジカル重合性モノマーが結合した重合体であることが好ましい。分子量としては、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)法でのポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量が、2000~20000であることが好ましく、2000~15000がより好ましく、2000~10000であることがさらに好ましい。
In the present invention, a monomer type radical polymerizable compound (hereinafter also referred to as a radical polymerizable monomer) is a compound different from a polymer compound. The radical polymerizable monomer is typically a low molecular compound, preferably a low molecular compound having a molecular weight of 2000 or less, more preferably a low molecular compound having a molecular weight of 1500 or less, and a low molecular compound having a molecular weight of 900 or less. More preferably, it is a compound. The molecular weight of the radical polymerizable monomer is usually 100 or more.
The oligomer type radical polymerizable compound is typically a polymer having a relatively low molecular weight, and is preferably a polymer in which 10 to 100 radical polymerizable monomers are bonded. The molecular weight is preferably 2000 to 20000, more preferably 2000 to 15000, and still more preferably 2000 to 10000 in terms of polystyrene in gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

 本発明におけるラジカル重合性化合物の官能基数は、1分子中におけるラジカル重合性基の数を意味する。
 ラジカル重合性化合物は、解像性の観点から、ラジカル重合性基を2個以上含む2官能以上のラジカル重合性化合物を少なくとも1種含むことが好ましく、2~4官能のラジカル重合性化合物を少なくとも1種含むことがより好ましい。
In the present invention, the number of functional groups of the radical polymerizable compound means the number of radical polymerizable groups in one molecule.
From the viewpoint of resolution, the radical polymerizable compound preferably contains at least one bifunctional or higher functional radical polymerizable compound containing two or more radical polymerizable groups, and preferably contains at least one bifunctional or tetrafunctional radical polymerizable compound. More preferably, one kind is included.

<<エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物>>
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基としては、スチリル基、ビニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基および(メタ)アリル基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイル基がより好ましい。
<< Compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond >>
As a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a styryl group, a vinyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group and a (meth) allyl group are preferable, and a (meth) acryloyl group is more preferable.

 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物の具体例としては、不飽和カルボン酸(例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、マレイン酸など)およびそのエステル類、アミド類、並びにこれらの多量体が挙げられ、好ましくは、不飽和カルボン酸と多価アルコール化合物とのエステル、および不飽和カルボン酸と多価アミン化合物とのアミド類、並びにこれらの多量体である。また、水酸基、アミノ基、メルカプト基等の求核性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸のエステルまたはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能イソシアネート類またはエポキシ類との付加反応物、あるいは、単官能若しくは多官能のカルボン酸との脱水縮合反応物等も好適に使用される。また、イソシアネート基やエポキシ基等の親電子性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸のエステルまたはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との付加反応物、さらに、ハロゲン基やトシルオキシ基等の脱離性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸のエステルまたはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との置換反応物も好適である。また、別の例として、上記の不飽和カルボン酸の代わりに、不飽和ホスホン酸、スチレン等のビニルベンゼン誘導体、ビニルエーテル、アリルエーテル等に置き換えた化合物群を使用することも可能である。 Specific examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) and esters thereof, amides, and these Preferred are an ester of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a polyhydric alcohol compound, an amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a polyvalent amine compound, and a multimer thereof. In addition, an addition reaction product of an ester or amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a mercapto group, and a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy, or a monofunctional or A dehydration condensation reaction product with a polyfunctional carboxylic acid is also preferably used. In addition, an addition reaction product of an ester or amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol; A substitution reaction product of an ester or amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid having a leaving substituent such as a group or a tosyloxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol is also suitable. As another example, it is also possible to use a compound group in which an unsaturated phosphonic acid, a vinylbenzene derivative such as styrene, vinyl ether, allyl ether or the like is used instead of the unsaturated carboxylic acid.

 多価アルコール化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルのモノマーの具体例としては、アクリル酸エステルとして、エチレングリコールジアクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジアクリレート、1,3-ブタンジオールジアクリレート、テトラメチレングリコールジアクリレート、プロピレングリコールジアクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(アクリロイルオキシプロピル)エーテル、トリメチロールエタントリアクリレート、ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、1,4-シクロヘキサンジオールジアクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールジアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ソルビトールトリアクリレート、ソルビトールテトラアクリレート、ソルビトールペンタアクリレート、ソルビトールヘキサアクリレート、トリ(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシド変性トリアクリレート、ポリエステルアクリレートオリゴマー等がある。 Specific examples of esters of polyhydric alcohol compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include acrylic acid esters such as ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, and tetramethylene glycol diacrylate. , Propylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (acryloyloxypropyl) ether, trimethylolethane triacrylate, hexanediol diacrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanediol diacrylate, tetra Ethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, Pentaerythritol diacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, sorbitol triacrylate, sorbitol tetraacrylate, sorbitol pentaacrylate, sorbitol hexaacrylate, tri (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide modified triacrylate, polyester acrylate There are oligomers and the like.

 メタクリル酸エステルとしては、テトラメチレングリコールジメタクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジメタクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリメタクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリメタクリレート、エチレングリコールジメタクリレート、1,3-ブタンジオールジメタクリレート、ヘキサンジオールジメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールジメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサメタクリレート、ソルビトールトリメタクリレート、ソルビトールテトラメタクリレート、ビス〔p-(3-メタクリルオキシ-2-ヒドロキシプロポキシ)フェニル〕ジメチルメタン、ビス-〔p-(メタクリルオキシエトキシ)フェニル〕ジメチルメタン等がある。 Methacrylic acid esters include tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, trimethylolethane trimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,3-butanediol dimethacrylate, Hexanediol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol dimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexamethacrylate, sorbitol trimethacrylate, sorbitol tetramethacrylate, bis [p- (3-methacryloxy- 2-hydroxyp Epoxy) phenyl] dimethyl methane, bis - [p- (methacryloxyethoxy) phenyl] dimethyl methane.

 イタコン酸エステルとしては、エチレングリコールジイタコネート、プロピレングリコールジイタコネート、1,3-ブタンジオールジイタコネート、1,4-ブタンジオールジイタコネート、テトラメチレングリコールジイタコネート、ペンタエリスリトールジイタコネート、ソルビトールテトライタコネート等がある。 Itaconic acid esters include ethylene glycol diitaconate, propylene glycol diitaconate, 1,3-butanediol diitaconate, 1,4-butanediol diitaconate, tetramethylene glycol diitaconate, pentaerythritol diitaconate And sorbitol tetritaconate.

 クロトン酸エステルとしては、エチレングリコールジクロトネート、テトラメチレングリコールジクロトネート、ペンタエリスリトールジクロトネート、ソルビトールテトラジクロトネート等がある。 Examples of crotonic acid esters include ethylene glycol dicrotonate, tetramethylene glycol dicrotonate, pentaerythritol dicrotonate, and sorbitol tetradicrotonate.

 イソクロトン酸エステルとしては、エチレングリコールジイソクロトネート、ペンタエリスリトールジイソクロトネート、ソルビトールテトライソクロトネート等がある。 Examples of isocrotonic acid esters include ethylene glycol diisocrotonate, pentaerythritol diisocrotonate, and sorbitol tetraisocrotonate.

 マレイン酸エステルとしては、エチレングリコールジマレート、トリエチレングリコールジマレート、ペンタエリスリトールジマレート、ソルビトールテトラマレート等がある。 Examples of maleic acid esters include ethylene glycol dimaleate, triethylene glycol dimaleate, pentaerythritol dimaleate, and sorbitol tetramaleate.

 その他のエステルの例として、例えば、特公昭46-27926号公報、特公昭51-47334号公報、特開昭57-196231号公報に記載の脂肪族アルコール系エステル類や、特開昭59-5240号公報、特開昭59-5241号公報、特開平2-226149号公報に記載の芳香族系骨格を有する化合物、特開平1-165613号公報に記載のアミノ基を含む化合物等も好適に用いられる。 Examples of other esters include aliphatic alcohol esters described in JP-B-46-27926, JP-B-51-47334, JP-A-57-196231, and JP-A-59-5240. The compounds having an aromatic skeleton described in JP-A No. 59-5241, JP-A-2-226149, compounds containing an amino group described in JP-A 1-165613, and the like are also preferably used. It is done.

 また、多価アミン化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのアミドのモノマーの具体例としては、メチレンビス-アクリルアミド、メチレンビス-メタクリルアミド、1,6-ヘキサメチレンビス-アクリルアミド、1,6-ヘキサメチレンビス-メタクリルアミド、ジエチレントリアミントリスアクリルアミド、キシリレンビスアクリルアミド、キシリレンビスメタクリルアミド等がある。 Specific examples of amide monomers of polyvalent amine compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include methylene bis-acrylamide, methylene bis-methacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bis-acrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylene bis-methacrylic. Examples include amide, diethylenetriamine trisacrylamide, xylylene bisacrylamide, and xylylene bismethacrylamide.

 その他の好ましいアミド系モノマーの例としては、特公昭54-21726号公報に記載のシクロへキシレン構造を有するモノマーを挙げることができる。 Examples of other preferable amide monomers include monomers having a cyclohexylene structure described in JP-B No. 54-21726.

 また、イソシアネートと水酸基の付加反応を用いて製造されるウレタン系付加重合性モノマーも好適であり、そのような具体例としては、例えば、特公昭48-41708号公報に記載されている1分子に2個以上のイソシアネート基を有するポリイソシアネート化合物に、水酸基を含むビニルモノマーを付加させた1分子中に2個以上の重合性ビニル基を含むビニルウレタン化合物等が挙げられる。
 また、特開昭51-37193号公報、特公平2-32293号公報、特公平2-16765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-49860号公報、特公昭56-17654号公報、特公昭62-39417号公報、特公昭62-39418号公報に記載されたエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。
In addition, urethane-based addition-polymerizable monomers produced using an addition reaction of isocyanate and hydroxyl group are also suitable. Specific examples thereof include, for example, one molecule described in JP-B-48-41708. Examples thereof include a vinylurethane compound containing two or more polymerizable vinyl groups in one molecule obtained by adding a vinyl monomer containing a hydroxyl group to a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups.
Further, urethane acrylates as described in JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, JP-B-2-16765, JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56- Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in Japanese Patent No. 17654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-39417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-39418 are also suitable.

 また、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号0095~0108に記載されている化合物を、本発明においても好適に用いることができる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP-A-2009-288705 can also be suitably used in the present invention.

 また、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物としては、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つ化合物も好ましい。その例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等の、単官能のアクリレートおよびメタクリレート;ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(アクリロイルオキシプロピル)エーテル、トリ(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、グリセリンやトリメチロールエタン等の多官能アルコールにエチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後(メタ)アクリレート化したもの、特公昭48-41708号、特公昭50-6034号、特開昭51-37193号の各公報に記載されているようなウレタン(メタ)アクリレート類、特開昭48-64183号、特公昭49-43191号、特公昭52-30490号の各公報に記載されているポリエステルアクリレート類、エポキシ樹脂と(メタ)アクリル酸との反応生成物であるエポキシアクリレート類等の多官能のアクリレートおよびメタクリレート、並びにこれらの混合物を挙げることができる。また、特開2008-292970号公報の段落番号0254~0257に記載の化合物も好適である。また、多官能カルボン酸にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等の環状エーテル基とエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物を反応させ得られる多官能(メタ)アクリレートなども挙げることができる。
 また、その他の好ましいエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物として、特開2010-160418号公報、特開2010-129825号公報、特許第4364216号公報等に記載される、フルオレン環を有し、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を2個以上有する化合物、カルド樹脂も使用することが可能である。
 さらに、その他の例としては、特公昭46-43946号公報、特公平1-40337号公報、特公平1-40336号公報に記載の特定の不飽和化合物や、特開平2-25493号公報に記載のビニルホスホン酸系化合物等も挙げることができる。また、ある場合には、特開昭61-22048号公報に記載のペルフルオロアルキル基を含む構造が好適に使用される。さらに日本接着協会誌vol.20、No.7、300~308ページ(1984年)にラジカル重合性モノマーおよびオリゴマーとして紹介されているものも使用することができる。
Moreover, as a compound which has an ethylenically unsaturated bond, the compound which has a boiling point of 100 degreeC or more under a normal pressure is also preferable. Examples include monofunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate; polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolethanetri ( (Meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexanediol ( (Meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (acryloyloxypropyl) ether, tri (acryloyloxyethyl) Polyfunctional alcohols such as sosocyanurate, glycerin and trimethylolethane added with ethylene oxide or propylene oxide and then (meth) acrylated. Urethane (meth) acrylates as described in JP-B-37193, polyester acrylates described in JP-A-48-64183, JP-B-49-43191 and JP-B-52-30490 And polyfunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates, which are reaction products of epoxy resin and (meth) acrylic acid, and mixtures thereof. Further, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0254 to 0257 of JP-A-2008-292970 are also suitable. Moreover, the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate obtained by making the compound which has cyclic ether groups, such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and an ethylenically unsaturated group, react with polyfunctional carboxylic acid etc. can be mentioned.
Further, as other preferable compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, those having a fluorene ring described in JP 2010-160418 A, JP 2010-129825 A, JP 4364216 A, etc. A compound having two or more groups having an unsaturated bond, a cardo resin can also be used.
Other examples include specific unsaturated compounds described in JP-B-46-43946, JP-B-1-40337, JP-B-1-40336, and JP-A-2-25493. The vinyl phosphonic acid-type compound of these can also be mentioned. In some cases, a structure containing a perfluoroalkyl group described in JP-A-61-22048 is preferably used. Furthermore, Journal of Japan Adhesion Association vol. 20, no. 7, pages 300 to 308 (1984), which are introduced as radically polymerizable monomers and oligomers, can also be used.

 上記のほか、下記一般式(MO-1)~(MO-5)で表される、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物も好適に用いることができる。なお、式中、Tがオキシアルキレン基の場合には、炭素原子側の末端がRに結合する。 In addition to the above, compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond represented by the following general formulas (MO-1) to (MO-5) can also be suitably used. In the formula, when T is an oxyalkylene group, the terminal on the carbon atom side is bonded to R.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

 一般式において、nは0~14の整数であり、mは1~8の整数である。一分子内に複数存在するR、Tは、各々同一であっても、異なっていてもよい。
 上記一般式(MO-1)~(MO-5)で表される重合性化合物の各々において、複数のRの内の少なくとも1つは、-OC(=O)CH=CH、または、-OC(=O)C(CH)=CHで表される基を表す。
 上記一般式(MO-1)~(MO-5)で表される、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物の具体例としては、特開2007-269779号公報の段落番号0248~0251に記載されている化合物を本発明においても好適に用いることができる。
In the general formula, n is an integer of 0 to 14, and m is an integer of 1 to 8. A plurality of R and T present in one molecule may be the same or different.
In each of the polymerizable compounds represented by the general formulas (MO-1) to (MO-5), at least one of the plurality of R is —OC (═O) CH═CH 2 , or — represents a OC (= O) C (CH 3) = groups represented by CH 2.
Specific examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond represented by the general formulas (MO-1) to (MO-5) are described in paragraph numbers 0248 to 0251 of JP-A-2007-267979. The compound can be suitably used in the present invention.

 また、特開平10-62986号公報において、一般式(1)および(2)としてその具体例と共に記載の、多官能アルコールにエチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後に(メタ)アクリレート化した化合物も、重合性化合物として用いることができる。 Further, in JP-A-10-62986, compounds represented by general formulas (1) and (2) together with specific examples thereof, which are (meth) acrylated after addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol are also included. Can be used as a polymerizable compound.

 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート(市販品としては、KAYARAD D-330;日本化薬株式会社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(市販品としては、KAYARAD D-320;日本化薬株式会社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては、KAYARAD D-310;日本化薬株式会社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては、KAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬株式会社製)、およびこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造が好ましい。これらのオリゴマータイプも使用できる。 Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include dipentaerythritol triacrylate (as a commercially available product, KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercially available product, KAYARAD D-320). Manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and a structure in which these (meth) acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol and propylene glycol residues are preferred. These oligomer types can also be used.

 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物は、カルボキシル基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基等の酸基を有する多官能モノマーであっても良い。酸基を有する多官能モノマーは、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルが好ましく、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応の水酸基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせた多官能モノマーがより好ましく、特に好ましくは、このエステルにおいて、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物がペンタエリスリトールおよび/またはジペンタエリスリトールであるものである。市販品としては、例えば、東亞合成株式会社製の多塩基酸変性アクリルオリゴマーである、M-510、M-520などが挙げられる。
 酸基を有する多官能モノマーは、1種を単独で用いてもよいが、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。また、必要に応じて酸基を有しない多官能モノマーと酸基を有する多官能モノマーを併用してもよい。
 酸基を有する多官能モノマーの好ましい酸価としては、0.1~40mgKOH/gであり、特に好ましくは5~30mgKOH/gである。多官能モノマーの酸価が上記範囲であれば、製造や取扱性に優れ、さらには、現像性に優れる。また、ラジカル重合性が良好である。
The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond may be a polyfunctional monomer having an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, or a phosphoric acid group. The polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is reacted with an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound to form an acid group. More preferred are polyfunctional monomers, particularly preferably those in which the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and / or dipentaerythritol. Examples of commercially available products include M-510 and M-520, which are polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
As the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group, one kind may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be mixed and used. Moreover, you may use together the polyfunctional monomer which does not have an acid group, and the polyfunctional monomer which has an acid group as needed.
A preferable acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH / g. When the acid value of the polyfunctional monomer is in the above range, the production and handling properties are excellent, and further, the developability is excellent. Moreover, radical polymerizability is favorable.

 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物は、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。
 カプロラクトン構造とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する化合物としては、分子内にカプロラクトン構造を有する限り特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、トリメチロールエタン、ジトリメチロールエタン、トリメチロールプロパン、ジトリメチロールプロパン、ペンタエリスリトール、ジペンタエリスリトール、トリペンタエリスリトール、グリセリン、ジグリセロール、トリメチロールメラミン等の多価アルコールと、(メタ)アクリル酸およびε-カプロラクトンをエステル化することにより得られる、ε-カプロラクトン変性多官能(メタ)アクリレートを挙げることができる。なかでも下記一般式(C)で表されるカプロラクトン構造を有する重合性化合物が好ましい。
As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used.
The compound having a caprolactone structure and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone structure in the molecule. For example, trimethylolethane, ditrimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, ditrimethylolpropane, Polyfunctional alcohol such as pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerol, trimethylol melamine, ε-caprolactone modified polyfunctionality obtained by esterifying (meth) acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone Mention may be made of (meth) acrylates. Among these, a polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure represented by the following general formula (C) is preferable.

一般式(C)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
General formula (C)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

(式中、6個のRは全てが下記一般式(D)で表される基であるか、または6個のRのうち1~5個が下記一般式(D)で表される基であり、残余が下記一般式(E)で表される基である。) (In the formula, all six Rs are groups represented by the following general formula (D), or 1 to 5 of the six Rs are groups represented by the following general formula (D). And the remainder is a group represented by the following general formula (E).)

一般式(D)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Formula (D)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

(式中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基を示し、mは1または2の数を示し、「*」は結合手であることを示す。) (In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, m represents a number of 1 or 2, and “*” represents a bond.)

 一般式(E)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
General formula (E)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022

(式中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基を示し、「*」は結合手であることを示す。) (In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and “*” represents a bond.)

 このようなカプロラクトン構造を有する重合性化合物は、例えば、日本化薬(株)からKAYARAD DPCAシリーズとして市販されており、DPCA-20(上記一般式(C)~(E)においてm=1、一般式(D)で表される基の数=2、Rが全て水素原子である化合物)、DPCA-30(同式、m=1、一般式(D)で表される基の数=3、Rが全て水素原子である化合物)、DPCA-60(同式、m=1、一般式(D)で表される基の数=6、Rが全て水素原子である化合物)、DPCA-120(同式においてm=2、一般式(D)で表される基の数=6、Rが全て水素原子である化合物)等を挙げることができる。
 本発明において、カプロラクトン構造とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する化合物は、単独でまたは2種以上を混合して使用することができる。
Such a polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure is commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as KAYARAD DPCA series, and DPCA-20 (m = 1 in the above general formulas (C) to (E), Number of groups represented by formula (D) = 2, a compound in which R 1 is all hydrogen atoms, DPCA-30 (formula, m = 1, number of groups represented by formula (D) = 3 , Compounds in which R 1 is all hydrogen atoms), DPCA-60 (same formula, m = 1, number of groups represented by formula (D) = 6, compounds in which R 1 is all hydrogen atoms), DPCA -120 (a compound in which m = 2 in the formula, the number of groups represented by the general formula (D) = 6, and all R 1 are hydrogen atoms).
In the present invention, the compounds having a caprolactone structure and an ethylenically unsaturated bond can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.

 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物は、下記一般式(i)または(ii)で表される化合物の群から選択される少なくとも1種であることも好ましい。 The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is also preferably at least one selected from the group of compounds represented by the following general formula (i) or (ii).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023

 一般式(i)および(ii)中、Eは、各々独立に、-((CHCHO)-、または-((CHCH(CH)O)-を表し、yは、各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、Xは、各々独立に、(メタ)アクリロイル基、水素原子、またはカルボキシル基を表す。
 一般式(i)中、(メタ)アクリロイル基の合計は3個または4個であり、mは各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、各mの合計は0~40の整数である。但し、各mの合計が0の場合、Xのうちいずれか1つはカルボキシル基である。
 一般式(ii)中、(メタ)アクリロイル基の合計は5個または6個であり、nは各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、各nの合計は0~60の整数である。但し、各nの合計が0の場合、Xのうちいずれか1つはカルボキシル基である。
In the general formulas (i) and (ii), each E independently represents — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) — Each y independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and each X independently represents a (meth) acryloyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carboxyl group.
In the general formula (i), the total number of (meth) acryloyl groups is 3 or 4, each m independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each m is an integer of 0 to 40. However, when the total of each m is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.
In the general formula (ii), the total number of (meth) acryloyl groups is 5 or 6, each n independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each n is an integer of 0 to 60. However, when the total of each n is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.

 一般式(i)中、mは、0~6の整数が好ましく、0~4の整数がより好ましい。
 また、各mの合計は、2~40の整数が好ましく、2~16の整数がより好ましく、4~8の整数が特に好ましい。
 一般式(ii)中、nは、0~6の整数が好ましく、0~4の整数がより好ましい。
また、各nの合計は、3~60の整数が好ましく、3~24の整数がより好ましく、6~12の整数が特に好ましい。
 一般式(i)または一般式(ii)中の-((CHCHO)-または-((CHCH(CH)O)-は、酸素原子側の末端がXに結合する形態が好ましい。特に、一般式(ii)において、6個のX全てがアクリロイル基である形態が好ましい。
In general formula (i), m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.
The total of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8.
In general formula (ii), n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.
The total of each n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12.
In general formula (i) or general formula (ii), — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) — The form which couple | bonds with is preferable. In particular, in the general formula (ii), a form in which all six Xs are acryloyl groups is preferable.

 一般式(i)または(ii)で表される化合物は、従来公知の工程である、ペンタエリスリトールまたはジペンタエリスリトールにエチレンオキシドまたはプロピレンオキシドを開環付加反応させることにより、開環骨格を結合する工程と、開環骨格の末端水酸基に、例えば(メタ)アクリロイルクロライドを反応させて、(メタ)アクリロイル基を導入する工程とから合成することができる。各工程は良く知られた工程であり、当業者は容易に一般式(i)または(ii)で表される化合物を合成することができる。 The compound represented by the general formula (i) or (ii) is a conventionally known process in which a ring-opening skeleton is bonded by a ring-opening addition reaction of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide with pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol. And a step of introducing a (meth) acryloyl group by reacting, for example, (meth) acryloyl chloride with the terminal hydroxyl group of the ring-opening skeleton. Each step is a well-known step, and a person skilled in the art can easily synthesize a compound represented by the general formula (i) or (ii).

 一般式(i)および(ii)で表される化合物の中でも、ペンタエリスリトール誘導体およびジペンタエリスリトール誘導体がより好ましい。
 具体的には、下記式(a)~(f)で表される化合物(以下、「例示化合物(a)~(f)」ともいう。)が挙げられ、中でも、例示化合物(a)、(b)、(e)、(f)が好ましい。
Among the compounds represented by the general formulas (i) and (ii), pentaerythritol derivatives and dipentaerythritol derivatives are more preferable.
Specific examples include compounds represented by the following formulas (a) to (f) (hereinafter also referred to as “exemplary compounds (a) to (f)”). Among them, exemplary compounds (a), (f) b), (e) and (f) are preferred.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025

 一般式(i)、(ii)で表される重合性化合物の市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ鎖を4個有する4官能アクリレートであるSR-494、日本化薬株式会社製のペンチレンオキシ鎖を6個有する6官能アクリレートであるDPCA-60、イソブチレンオキシ鎖を3個有する3官能アクリレートであるTPA-330などが挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available polymerizable compounds represented by general formulas (i) and (ii) include SR-494, a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartomer, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. DPCA-60, which is a hexafunctional acrylate having six pentyleneoxy chains, and TPA-330, which is a trifunctional acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy chains.

 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物としては、特公昭48-41708号公報、特開昭51-37193号公報、特公平2-32293号公報、特公平2-16765号公報に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-49860号公報、特公昭56-17654号公報、特公昭62-39417号公報、特公昭62-39418号公報に記載のエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。さらに、重合性化合物として、特開昭63-277653号公報、特開昭63-260909号公報、特開平1-105238号公報に記載される、分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する付加重合性モノマー類を用いることもできる。
 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物の市販品としては、ウレタンオリゴマーUAS-10、UAB-140(山陽国策パルプ社製)、NKエステルM-40G、NKエステル4G、NKエステルM-9300、NKエステルA-9300、UA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(共栄社化学(株)製)、ブレンマーPME400(日油(株)製)などが挙げられる。
Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include those described in JP-B-48-41708, JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, and JP-B-2-16765. Urethane acrylates and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable. It is. Furthermore, addition polymerizable compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-1-105238 are described as polymerizable compounds. Monomers can also be used.
Commercially available compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include urethane oligomer UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co., Ltd.), NK ester M-40G, NK ester 4G, NK ester M-9300, NK ester A -9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Bremer PME400 (manufactured by NOF Corporation) and the like can be mentioned.

 エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物は、耐熱性の観点から、下記式で表される部分構造を有することが好ましい。ただし、式中の*は連結手である。 The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond preferably has a partial structure represented by the following formula from the viewpoint of heat resistance. However, * in the formula is a connecting hand.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

 上記部分構造を有するエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物の具体例としては、例えば、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキサイド変性ジ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキサイド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタンテトラ(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられ、本発明においてはこれらの重合性化合物を特に好ましく用いることができる。 Specific examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond having the above partial structure include, for example, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide-modified di (meth) acrylate, and isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide-modified tri (meth). Acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, tetramethylol methane tetra ( (Meth) acrylate etc. are mentioned, and these polymerizable compounds can be particularly preferably used in the present invention.

 ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物において、ラジカル重合性化合物の含有量は、良好なラジカル重合性と耐熱性の観点から、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は5質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下がより好ましい。ラジカル重合性化合物は1種を単独で用いてもよいが、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。
 また、ポリイミド前駆体とラジカル重合性化合物を有する化合物との質量割合(ポリイミド前駆体/ラジカル重合性化合物)は、98/2~10/90が好ましく、95/5~30/70がより好ましく、90/10~50/50がさらに好ましい。ポリイミド前駆体とラジカル重合性化合物との質量割合が上記範囲であれば、硬化性および耐熱性により優れた硬化膜を形成できる。
 ラジカル重合性化合物は、1種のみ用いても、2種以上用いてもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
In the negative photosensitive resin composition, the content of the radical polymerizable compound is 1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition from the viewpoint of good radical polymerizability and heat resistance. Is preferred. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less. A radically polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The mass ratio of the polyimide precursor to the compound having a radical polymerizable compound (polyimide precursor / radical polymerizable compound) is preferably 98/2 to 10/90, more preferably 95/5 to 30/70, 90/10 to 50/50 is more preferable. If the mass ratio of a polyimide precursor and a radically polymerizable compound is the said range, the cured film excellent in sclerosis | hardenability and heat resistance can be formed.
The radical polymerizable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount becomes the said range.

<光塩基発生剤>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、光塩基発生剤を含んでいてもよい。光塩基発生剤とは、露光により塩基を発生するものであり、常温常圧の通常の条件下では活性を示さないが、外部刺激として電磁波の照射と加熱が行なわれると、塩基(塩基性物質)を発生するものであれば特に限定されるものではない。露光により発生した塩基はポリイミド前駆体を加熱により硬化させる際の触媒として働くため、ネガ型において好適に用いることができる。
<Photobase generator>
The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a photobase generator. A photobase generator generates a base upon exposure and does not exhibit activity under normal conditions of normal temperature and pressure. However, when an electromagnetic wave is irradiated and heated as an external stimulus, the base (basic substance) is generated. ) Is not particularly limited as long as it generates. Since the base generated by the exposure works as a catalyst for curing the polyimide precursor by heating, it can be suitably used in the negative type.

 光塩基発生剤の含有量は、所望のパターンを形成できるものであれば特に限定されるものではなく、一般的な含有量とすることができる。光塩基発生剤の含有量は、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物100質量部に対して、0.01質量部以上30質量部未満の範囲内であることが好ましく、0.05質量部~25質量部の範囲内であることがより好ましく、0.1質量部~20質量部の範囲内であることがさらに好ましい。 The content of the photobase generator is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired pattern, and can be a general content. The content of the photobase generator is preferably in the range of 0.01 parts by weight or more and less than 30 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the negative photosensitive resin composition, and 0.05 parts by weight to 25 parts by weight. More preferably, it is in the range of 0.1 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass.

 本発明においては、光塩基発生剤として公知のものを用いることが出来る。例えば、M.Shirai, and M.Tsunooka, Prog.Polym.Sci.,21,1(1996);角岡正弘,高分子加工,46,2(1997);C.Kutal,Coord.Chem.Rev.,211,353(2001);Y.Kaneko,A.Sarker, and D.Neckers,Chem.Mater.,11,170(1999);H.Tachi,M.Shirai, and M.Tsunooka,J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,13,153(2000);M.Winkle, and K.Graziano,J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,3,419(1990);M.Tsunooka,H.Tachi, and S.Yoshitaka,J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,9,13(1996);K.Suyama,H.Araki,M.Shirai,J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,19,81(2006)に記載されているように、遷移金属化合物錯体や、アンモニウム塩などの構造を有するものや、アミジン部分がカルボン酸と塩を形成することで潜在化されたもののように、塩基成分が塩を形成することにより中和されたイオン性の化合物や、カルバメート誘導体、オキシムエステル誘導体、アシル化合物などのウレタン結合やオキシム結合などにより塩基成分が潜在化された非イオン性の化合物を挙げることができる。
 本発明に用いることができる光塩基発生剤は、特に限定されず公知のものを用いることができ、例えば、カルバメート誘導体、アミド誘導体、イミド誘導体、αコバルト錯体類、イミダゾール誘導体、桂皮酸アミド誘導体、オキシム誘導体等が挙げられる。
In the present invention, known photobase generators can be used. For example, the Shirai, and M.M. Tsunooka, Prog. Polym. Sci. , 21, 1 (1996); Masahiro Kadooka, polymer processing, 46, 2 (1997); Kutal, Coord. Chem. Rev. , 211, 353 (2001); Kaneko, A .; Sarker, and D.C. Neckers, Chem. Mater. 11, 170 (1999); Tachi, M .; Shirai, and M.M. Tsunooka, J. et al. Photopolym. Sci. Technol. , 13, 153 (2000); Winkle, and K.K. Graziano, J. et al. Photopolym. Sci. Technol. 3,419 (1990); Tsunooka, H .; Tachi, and S.M. Yoshitaka, J. et al. Photopolym. Sci. Technol. , 9, 13 (1996); Suyama, H .; Araki, M .; Shirai, J. et al. Photopolym. Sci. Technol. , 19, 81 (2006), such as those having a structure such as a transition metal compound complex, an ammonium salt, or the like that is latentized by forming a salt with a carboxylic acid in the amidine moiety. An ionic compound neutralized by forming a salt with a base component, or a nonionic compound in which the base component is made latent by a urethane bond or an oxime bond such as a carbamate derivative, an oxime ester derivative, or an acyl compound Can be mentioned.
The photobase generator that can be used in the present invention is not particularly limited and known ones can be used. For example, carbamate derivatives, amide derivatives, imide derivatives, α-cobalt complexes, imidazole derivatives, cinnamic acid amide derivatives, Examples thereof include oxime derivatives.

 光塩基発生剤から発生する塩基性物質は特に限定されないが、アミノ基を有する化合物、特にモノアミンや、ジアミンなどのポリアミン、また、アミジンなどが挙げられる。
 発生する塩基性物質は、より塩基性度の高いアミノ基を有する化合物が好ましい。ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化における脱水縮合反応等に対する触媒作用が強く、より少量の添加で、より低い温度での脱水縮合反応等における触媒効果の発現が可能となるからである。つまりは、発生した塩基性物質の触媒効果が大きい為、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物としての見た目の感度が向上する。
 上記触媒効果の観点からアミジン、脂肪族アミンであることが好ましい。
The basic substance generated from the photobase generator is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds having an amino group, particularly monoamines, polyamines such as diamines, and amidines.
The generated basic substance is preferably a compound having an amino group having a higher basicity. This is because the catalytic action for the dehydration condensation reaction or the like in the imidization of the polyimide precursor is strong, and the catalytic effect in the dehydration condensation reaction or the like at a lower temperature can be expressed with a smaller amount of addition. That is, since the catalytic effect of the generated basic substance is large, the apparent sensitivity as a negative photosensitive resin composition is improved.
From the viewpoint of the catalytic effect, an amidine and an aliphatic amine are preferable.

 光塩基発生剤は、構造中に塩を含まない光塩基発生剤であることが好ましい。光塩基発生剤において発生する塩基部分の窒素原子上に電荷がないことが好ましい。光塩基発生剤は、発生する塩基が共有結合を用いて潜在化されていることが好ましく、塩基の発生機構が、発生する塩基部分の窒素原子と隣接する原子との間の共有結合が切断されて塩基が発生する化合物であることがより好ましい。構造中に塩を含まない光塩基発生剤であると、光塩基発生剤を中性にすることができるため、溶剤溶解性が良好であり、ポットライフが向上する。このような理由から、本発明で用いられる光塩基発生剤から発生するアミンは、1級アミンまたは2級アミンが好ましい。 The photobase generator is preferably a photobase generator that does not contain salt in the structure. It is preferred that there is no charge on the nitrogen atom of the base moiety generated in the photobase generator. In the photobase generator, the generated base is preferably latentized using a covalent bond, and the base generation mechanism is such that the covalent bond between the nitrogen atom of the generated base moiety and the adjacent atom is cleaved. More preferably, the compound generates a base. When the photobase generator does not contain a salt in the structure, the photobase generator can be neutralized, so that the solvent solubility is good and the pot life is improved. For these reasons, the amine generated from the photobase generator used in the present invention is preferably a primary amine or a secondary amine.

 また、上記のような理由から、光塩基発生剤は、前述のように発生する塩基が共有結合を用いて潜在化されていることが好ましい。また、発生する塩基がアミド結合、カルバメート結合、オキシム結合を用いて潜在化されていることがより好ましい。
 本発明に係る塩基発生剤としては、例えば、特開2009-80452号公報および国際公開WO2009/123122号公報に開示されたような桂皮酸アミド構造を有する塩基発生剤、特開2006-189591号公報および特開2008-247747号公報に開示されたようなカルバメート構造を有する塩基発生剤、特開2007-249013号公報および特開2008-003581号公報に開示されたようなオキシム構造、カルバモイルオキシム構造を有する塩基発生剤等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されず、その他にも公知の塩基発生剤の構造を用いることができる。
For the reasons described above, the photobase generator preferably has a latent base generated using a covalent bond as described above. More preferably, the generated base is latentized using an amide bond, carbamate bond, or oxime bond.
Examples of the base generator according to the present invention include a base generator having a cinnamic acid amide structure as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-80452 and International Publication No. WO 2009/123122, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-189591. And a base generator having a carbamate structure as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-247747, an oxime structure and a carbamoyloxime structure as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2007-249013 and 2008-003581. Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, a base generator having a known structure.

 以下、本発明に用いることができる光塩基発生剤について具体例を挙げて説明する。
 イオン性化合物としては、例えば下記構造式のものが挙げられる。
Hereinafter, the photobase generator that can be used in the present invention will be described with specific examples.
Examples of the ionic compound include those having the following structural formula.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027

 アシル化合物としては、例えば下記式に示すような化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the acyl compound include compounds represented by the following formula.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028

 また、光塩基発生剤として、例えば、下記一般式(PB-1)に示す化合物が挙げられる。 Further, examples of the photobase generator include compounds represented by the following general formula (PB-1).

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(PB-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(PB-1)

(一般式(PB-1)中、R41およびR42は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または有機基であり、同一であっても異なっていても良い。但し、R41およびR42の少なくとも1つは有機基である。または、R41およびR42は、それらが結合して環構造を形成していても良く、ヘテロ原子の結合を含んでいても良い。R43およびR44は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、メルカプト基、スルフィド基、シリル基、シラノール基、ニトロ基、ニトロソ基、スルフィノ基、スルホ基、スルホナト基、ホスフィノ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスホノ基、ホスホナト基、または有機基であり、同一であっても異なっていても良い。R45、R46、R47およびR48は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、メルカプト基、スルフィド基、シリル基、シラノール基、ニトロ基、ニトロソ基、スルフィノ基、スルホ基、スルホナト基、ホスフィノ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスホノ基、ホスホナト基、アミノ基、アンモニオ基または有機基であり、同一であっても異なっていても良い。または、R45、R46、R47およびR48は、それらの2つ以上が結合して環構造を形成していても良く、ヘテロ原子の結合を含んでいても良い。R49は、水素原子、あるいは、加熱および/または電磁波の照射により脱保護可能な保護基である。) (In the general formula (PB-1), R 41 and R 42 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and may be the same or different, provided that at least one of R 41 and R 42 is present. R 41 and R 42 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure and may contain a heteroatom bond, and R 43 and R 44 are each an organic group. Independently, hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, mercapto group, sulfide group, silyl group, silanol group, nitro group, nitroso group, sulfino group, sulfo group, sulfonate group, phosphino group, phosphinyl group, phosphono group, phosphonate group, or an organic group, may be different even in the same .R 45, R 46, R 47 and R 48 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom , Hydroxyl group, mercapto group, sulfide group, silyl group, silanol group, nitro group, nitroso group, sulfino group, sulfo group, sulfonate group, phosphino group, phosphinyl group, phosphono group, phosphonato group, amino group, ammonio group or organic group R 45 , R 46 , R 47 and R 48 may be a combination of two or more of them to form a ring structure, and a hetero atom R 49 is a hydrogen atom or a protective group that can be deprotected by heating and / or irradiation with electromagnetic waves.)

 一般式(PB-1)の具体例を以下に挙げるが、これに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the general formula (PB-1) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

 その他、光塩基発生剤としては、特開2012-93746号公報の段落番号0185~0188、0199~0200および0202に記載の化合物、特開2013-194205号公報の段落番号0022~0069に記載の化合物、特開2013-204019号公報の段落番号0026~0074に記載の化合物、並びにWO2010/064631号公報の段落番号0052に記載の化合物が例として挙げられる。 In addition, examples of the photobase generator include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0185 to 0188, 0199 to 0200 and 0202 of JP2012-93746A, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0069 of JP2013-194205A. Examples thereof include compounds described in JP-A-2013-204019, paragraphs 0026 to 0074, and compounds described in paragraph No. 0052 of WO2010 / 064631.

<熱塩基発生剤>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、熱塩基発生剤を含んでいてもよい。
 熱塩基発生剤は、その種類等は特に定めるものではないが、40℃以上に加熱すると塩基を発生する酸性化合物、および、pKa1が0~4のアニオンとアンモニウムカチオンとを有するアンモニウム塩から選ばれる少なくとも一種を含む熱塩基発生剤を含むことが好ましい。ここで、pKa1とは、多価の酸の第一のプロトンの解離定数(Ka)の対数表示(-Log10Ka)を示す。
 このような化合物を配合することにより、ポリイミド前駆体の環化反応を低温で行うことができ、また、より安定性に優れたネガ型感光性樹脂組成物とすることができる。また、熱塩基発生剤は、加熱しなければ塩基を発生しないので、ポリイミド前駆体と共存させても、保存中におけるポリイミド前駆体の環化を抑制でき、保存安定性に優れている。
<Heat base generator>
The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal base generator.
The type of the thermal base generator is not particularly defined, but is selected from an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher, and an ammonium salt having an anion having an pKa1 of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. It is preferable to include a thermal base generator containing at least one kind. Here, pKa1 represents a logarithmic representation (−Log 10 Ka) of the dissociation constant (Ka) of the first proton of the polyvalent acid.
By mix | blending such a compound, the cyclization reaction of a polyimide precursor can be performed at low temperature, and it can be set as the negative photosensitive resin composition excellent in stability more. Moreover, since the base is not generated unless heated, the thermal base generator can suppress cyclization of the polyimide precursor during storage even if it coexists with the polyimide precursor, and is excellent in storage stability.

 本発明における熱塩基発生剤は、40℃以上に加熱すると塩基を発生する酸性化合物(A1)、および、pKa1が0~4のアニオンとアンモニウムカチオンとを有するアンモニウム塩(A2)から選ばれる少なくとも一種を含む。
 上記酸性化合物(A1)および上記アンモニウム塩(A2)は、加熱すると塩基を発生するので、これらの化合物から発生した塩基により、ポリイミド前駆体の環化反応を促進でき、ポリイミド前駆体の環化を低温で行うことができる。また、これらの化合物は、塩基により環化して硬化するポリイミド前駆体と共存させても、加熱しなければポリイミド前駆体の環化が殆ど進行しないので、安定性に優れたネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製することができる。
 なお、本明細書において、酸性化合物とは、化合物を容器に1g採取し、イオン交換水とテトラヒドロフランとの混合液(質量比は水/テトラヒドロフラン=1/4)を50mL加えて、室温で1時間攪拌し、得られた溶液をpH(potential hydrogen)メーターを用いて、20℃にて測定した値が7未満である化合物を意味する。
The thermal base generator in the present invention is at least one selected from an acidic compound (A1) that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher, and an ammonium salt (A2) having an anion having a pKa1 of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. including.
Since the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) generate a base when heated, the base generated from these compounds can accelerate the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor, thereby cyclizing the polyimide precursor. Can be performed at low temperatures. In addition, even if these compounds coexist with a polyimide precursor that is cured by cyclization with a base, since the cyclization of the polyimide precursor hardly proceeds unless heated, a negative photosensitive resin composition having excellent stability. Product can be prepared.
In the present specification, an acidic compound means that 1 g of a compound is collected in a container, and 50 mL of a mixed solution of ion-exchanged water and tetrahydrofuran (mass ratio is water / tetrahydrofuran = 1/4) is added to the mixture at room temperature for 1 hour. It means a compound having a value measured by stirring at 20 ° C. using a pH (potential hydrogen) meter and less than 7.

 本発明において、酸性化合物(A1)およびアンモニウム塩(A2)の塩基発生温度は、40℃以上が好ましく、120~200℃がより好ましい。塩基発生温度の上限は、190℃以下がより好ましく、180℃以下がさらに好ましく、165℃以下が一層好ましい。塩基発生温度の下限は、130℃以上がさらに好ましく、135℃以上が一層好ましい。
 酸性化合物(A1)およびアンモニウム塩(A2)の塩基発生温度が120℃以上であれば、保存中に塩基が発生しにくいので、安定性に優れたネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製することができる。酸性化合物(A1)およびアンモニウム塩(A2)の塩基発生温度が200℃以下であれば、ポリイミド前駆体の環化温度を低くすることができる。塩基発生温度は、例えば、示差走査熱量測定を用い、化合物を耐圧カプセル中5℃/分で250℃まで加熱し、最も温度が低い発熱ピークのピーク温度を読み取り、ピーク温度を塩基発生温度として測定することができる。
In the present invention, the base generation temperature of the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) is preferably 40 ° C. or higher, more preferably 120 to 200 ° C. The upper limit of the base generation temperature is more preferably 190 ° C or lower, further preferably 180 ° C or lower, and further preferably 165 ° C or lower. The lower limit of the base generation temperature is more preferably 130 ° C or higher, and still more preferably 135 ° C or higher.
If the base generation temperature of the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) is 120 ° C. or higher, it is difficult to generate a base during storage. Therefore, it is possible to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition having excellent stability. it can. When the base generation temperature of the acidic compound (A1) and the ammonium salt (A2) is 200 ° C. or lower, the cyclization temperature of the polyimide precursor can be lowered. The base generation temperature is measured, for example, by using differential scanning calorimetry, heating the compound to 250 ° C. at 5 ° C./min in a pressure capsule, reading the peak temperature of the lowest exothermic peak, and measuring the peak temperature as the base generation temperature. can do.

 本発明において、熱塩基発生剤により発生する塩基は、2級アミンまたは3級アミンが好ましく、3級アミンがより好ましい。3級アミンは、塩基性が高いので、ポリイミド前駆体の環化温度をより低くすることができる。また、熱塩基発生剤により発生する塩基の沸点は、80℃以上であることが好ましく、100℃以上であることがより好ましく、140℃以上であることが最も好ましい。また、発生する塩基の分子量は、80~2000が好ましい。下限は100以上がより好ましい。上限は500以下がより好ましい。なお、分子量の値は、構造式から求めた理論値である。 In the present invention, the base generated by the thermal base generator is preferably a secondary amine or a tertiary amine, more preferably a tertiary amine. Since tertiary amine has high basicity, the cyclization temperature of a polyimide precursor can be made lower. Further, the boiling point of the base generated by the thermal base generator is preferably 80 ° C. or higher, more preferably 100 ° C. or higher, and most preferably 140 ° C. or higher. The molecular weight of the generated base is preferably 80 to 2000. The lower limit is more preferably 100 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 500 or less. The molecular weight value is a theoretical value obtained from the structural formula.

 本発明において、上記酸性化合物(A1)は、アンモニウム塩および後述する一般式(A1)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種以上を含むことが好ましい。 In the present invention, the acidic compound (A1) preferably contains one or more selected from an ammonium salt and a compound represented by the general formula (A1) described later.

 本発明において、上記アンモニウム塩(A2)は、酸性化合物であることが好ましい。なお、上記アンモニウム塩(A2)は、40℃以上(好ましくは120~200℃)に加熱すると塩基を発生する酸性化合物を含む化合物であってもよいし、40℃以上(好ましくは120~200℃)に加熱すると塩基を発生する酸性化合物以外の化合物であってもよい。 In the present invention, the ammonium salt (A2) is preferably an acidic compound. The ammonium salt (A2) may be a compound containing an acidic compound that generates a base when heated to 40 ° C. or higher (preferably 120 to 200 ° C.), or 40 ° C. or higher (preferably 120 to 200 ° C.). ) May be a compound other than an acidic compound that generates a base when heated.

<<アンモニウム塩>>
 本発明において、アンモニウム塩とは、下記一般式(1)、または一般式(2)で表されるアンモニウムカチオンと、アニオンとの塩を意味する。アニオンは、アンモニウムカチオンのいずれかの一部と共有結合を介して結合していてもよく、アンモニウムカチオンの分子外に有ってもよいが、アンモニウムカチオンの分子外に有ることが好ましい。なお、アニオンが、アンモニウムカチオンの分子外に有るとは、アンモニウムカチオンとアニオンが共有結合を介して結合していない場合をいう。以下、カチオン部の分子外のアニオンを対アニオンともいう。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 上記一般式(1)、(2)中、R~Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または炭化水素基を表し、式Rは炭化水素基を表す。RとR、RとR、RとR、RとRはそれぞれ結合して環を形成してもよい。 << Ammonium salt >>
In the present invention, the ammonium salt means a salt of an ammonium cation represented by the following general formula (1) or general formula (2) and an anion. The anion may be bonded to any part of the ammonium cation via a covalent bond, and may be outside the molecule of the ammonium cation, but is preferably outside the molecule of the ammonium cation. In addition, that an anion exists outside the molecule | numerator of an ammonium cation means the case where an ammonium cation and an anion are not couple | bonded through a covalent bond. Hereinafter, the anion outside the molecule of the cation moiety is also referred to as a counter anion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
In the general formulas (1) and (2), R 1 to R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and the formula R 7 represents a hydrocarbon group. R 1 and R 2 , R 3 and R 4 , R 5 and R 6 , R 5 and R 7 may be bonded to form a ring.

 本発明において、アンモニウム塩は、pKa1が0~4のアニオンとアンモニウムカチオンとを有することが好ましい。アニオンのpKa1の上限は、3.5以下がより好ましく、3.2以下がさらに好ましい。下限は、0.5以上がより好ましく、1.0以上がさらに好ましい。アニオンのpKa1が上記範囲であれば、ポリイミド前駆体を低温で環化でき、さらには、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の安定性を向上できる。pKa1が4以下であれば、熱塩基発生剤の安定性が良好で、加熱なしに塩基が発生することを抑制でき、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の安定性が良好である。pKa1が0以上であれば、発生した塩基が中和されにくく、ポリイミド前駆体の環化効率が良好である。
 アニオンの種類は、カルボン酸アニオン、フェノールアニオン、リン酸アニオンおよび硫酸アニオンから選ばれる1種が好ましく、塩の安定性と熱分解性を両立させられるという理由からカルボン酸アニオンがより好ましい。すなわち、アンモニウム塩は、アンモニウムカチオンとカルボン酸アニオンとの塩がより好ましい。
 カルボン酸アニオンは、2個以上のカルボキシル基を持つ2価以上のカルボン酸のアニオンが好ましく、2価のカルボン酸のアニオンがより好ましい。この態様によれば、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の安定性、硬化性および現像性をより向上できる熱塩基発生剤とすることができる。特に、2価のカルボン酸のアニオンを用いることで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の安定性、硬化性および現像性をさらに向上できる。
 本発明において、カルボン酸アニオンは、pKa1が4以下のカルボン酸のアニオンであることが好ましい。pKa1は、3.5以下がより好ましく、3.2以下がさらに好ましい。この態様によれば、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の安定性をより向上できる。
 ここでpKa1とは、酸の第一解離定数の逆数の対数を表し、Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods(著者:Brown, H. C., McDaniel, D. H., Hafliger, O., Nachod, F. C.; 編纂:Braude, E. A., Nachod, F. C.; Academic Press, New York, 1955)や、Data for Biochemical Research(著者:Dawson, R.M.C.et al; Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959)に記載の値を参照することができる。これらの文献に記載の無い化合物については、ACD/pKa(ACD/Labs製)のソフトを用いて構造式より算出した値を用いることとする。
In the present invention, the ammonium salt preferably has an anion having an pKa1 of 0 to 4 and an ammonium cation. The upper limit of the anion pKa1 is more preferably 3.5 or less, and even more preferably 3.2 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5 or more, and further preferably 1.0 or more. If the pKa1 of the anion is in the above range, the polyimide precursor can be cyclized at a low temperature, and further, the stability of the negative photosensitive resin composition can be improved. If pKa1 is 4 or less, the stability of the thermal base generator is good, the generation of a base without heating can be suppressed, and the stability of the negative photosensitive resin composition is good. If pKa1 is 0 or more, the generated base is hardly neutralized, and the cyclization efficiency of the polyimide precursor is good.
The kind of anion is preferably one selected from a carboxylate anion, a phenol anion, a phosphate anion, and a sulfate anion, and a carboxylate anion is more preferable because both the stability of the salt and the thermal decomposability can be achieved. That is, the ammonium salt is more preferably a salt of an ammonium cation and a carboxylate anion.
The carboxylic acid anion is preferably a divalent or higher carboxylic acid anion having two or more carboxyl groups, and more preferably a divalent carboxylic acid anion. According to this aspect, it is possible to provide a thermal base generator that can further improve the stability, curability and developability of the negative photosensitive resin composition. In particular, the stability, curability and developability of the negative photosensitive resin composition can be further improved by using an anion of a divalent carboxylic acid.
In the present invention, the carboxylic acid anion is preferably a carboxylic acid anion having a pKa1 of 4 or less. pKa1 is more preferably 3.5 or less, and even more preferably 3.2 or less. According to this aspect, the stability of the negative photosensitive resin composition can be further improved.
Here, pKa1 represents the logarithm of the reciprocal of the first dissociation constant of the acid. Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods (Author: Brown, HC, McDaniel, DH, Hafliger, O., Nachod, FC; Compilation: Braude, EA, Nachod, FC; Academic Press, New York, 1955) and Data for Biochemical Research (author: Dawson, RMC et al; Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959). For compounds not described in these documents, values calculated from the structural formula using software of ACD / pKa (manufactured by ACD / Labs) are used.

 本発明において、カルボン酸アニオンは、下記一般式(X1)で表されることが好ましい。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 一般式(X1)において、EWGは、電子吸引性基を表す。 In the present invention, the carboxylate anion is preferably represented by the following general formula (X1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
In General Formula (X1), EWG represents an electron-withdrawing group.

 本発明において電子吸引性基とは、ハメットの置換基定数σmが正の値を示すものを意味する。ここでσmは、都野雄甫による総説、有機合成化学協会誌第23巻第8号(1965)P.631-642に詳しく説明されている。なお、本発明の電子吸引性基は、上記文献に記載された置換基に限定されるものではない。
 σmが正の値を示す置換基の例としては、例えば、CF基(σm=0.43)、CFCO基(σm=0.63)、HC≡C基(σm=0.21)、CH=CH基(σm=0.06)、Ac基(σm=0.38)、MeOCO基(σm=0.37)、MeCOCH=CH基(σm=0.21)、PhCO基(σm=0.34)、HNCOCH基(σm=0.06)などが挙げられる。なお、Meはメチル基を表し、Acはアセチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
In the present invention, the electron-withdrawing group means a group having a positive Hammett's substituent constant σm. Here, σm is a review by Yugo Tono, Journal of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, Vol. 23, No. 8 (1965) P.I. 631-642. The electron-withdrawing group of the present invention is not limited to the substituents described in the above documents.
Examples of substituents in which σm has a positive value include, for example, CF 3 group (σm = 0.43), CF 3 CO group (σm = 0.63), HC≡C group (σm = 0.21) CH 2 = CH group (σm = 0.06), Ac group (σm = 0.38), MeOCO group (σm = 0.37), MeCOCH = CH group (σm = 0.21), PhCO group (σm = 0.34), H 2 NCOCH 2 group (σm = 0.06), and the like. Me represents a methyl group, Ac represents an acetyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.

 本発明において、EWGは、下記一般式(EWG-1)~(EWG-6)で表される基を表すことが好ましい。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 式中、Rx1~Rx3は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、水酸基またはカルボキシル基を表し、Arはアリール基を表す。
 アルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~10がさらに好ましい。アルキル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、後述するAが表す有機基が有していてもよい置換基で説明したものが挙げられる。置換基としては、カルボキシル基が好ましい。
 アルケニル基の炭素数は、2~30が好ましく、2~20がより好ましく、2~10がさらに好ましい。アルケニル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アルケニル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、後述するAが表す有機基が有していてもよい置換基で説明したものが挙げられる。置換基としては、カルボキシル基が好ましい。
 アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12がさらに好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、後述するAが表す有機基が有していてもよい置換基で説明したものが挙げられる。置換基としては、カルボキシル基が好ましい。 In the present invention, EWG preferably represents a group represented by the following general formulas (EWG-1) to (EWG-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
In the formula, R x1 to R x3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, or a carboxyl group, and Ar represents an aryl group.
The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later. As the substituent, a carboxyl group is preferable.
The alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkenyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later. As the substituent, a carboxyl group is preferable.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later. As the substituent, a carboxyl group is preferable.

 本発明において、カルボン酸アニオンは、下記一般式(X)で表されるものも好ましい。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 一般式(X)において、L10は、単結合、または、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アリーレン基、-NR-およびこれらの組み合わせから選ばれる2価の連結基を表し、Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基またはアリール基を表す。 In the present invention, the carboxylate anion is also preferably represented by the following general formula (X).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
In the general formula (X), L 10 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group selected from an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group, —NR X —, and a combination thereof, and R X represents a hydrogen atom Represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group.

 L10が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~10がさらに好ましい。アルキレン基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アルキレン基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、後述するAが表す有機基が有していてもよい置換基で説明したものが挙げられる。
 L10が表すアルケニレン基の炭素数は、2~30が好ましく、2~20がより好ましく、2~10がさらに好ましい。アルケニレン基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アルケニレン基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、後述するAが表す有機基が有していてもよい置換基で説明したものが挙げられる。
 L10が表すアリーレン基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12がさらに好ましい。アリーレン基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、後述するAが表す有機基が有していてもよい置換基で説明したものが挙げられる。
The alkylene group represented by L 10 preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.
The alkenylene group represented by L 10 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkenylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkenylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.
The number of carbon atoms of the arylene group represented by L 10 is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and still more preferably 6 to 12. The arylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.

 Rが表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~10がさらに好ましい。アルキル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、後述するAが表す有機基が有していてもよい置換基で説明したものが挙げられる。
 Rが表すアルケニル基の炭素数は、2~30が好ましく、2~20がより好ましく、2~10がさらに好ましい。アルケニル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アルケニル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、後述するAが表す有機基が有していてもよい置換基で説明したものが挙げられる。
 Rが表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12がさらに好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、後述するAが表す有機基が有していてもよい置換基で説明したものが挙げられる。
The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R X is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and still more preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.
The alkenyl group represented by R X preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkenyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.
The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group represented by R X is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and still more preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.

 カルボン酸アニオンの具体例としては、マレイン酸アニオン、フタル酸アニオン、N-フェニルイミノ二酢酸アニオンおよびシュウ酸アニオンが挙げられる。これらを好ましく用いることができる。 Specific examples of the carboxylate anion include a maleate anion, a phthalate anion, an N-phenyliminodiacetic acid anion, and an oxalate anion. These can be preferably used.

 アンモニウムカチオンは、下記一般式(Y1-1)~(Y1-6)のいずれかで表されることが好ましい。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
The ammonium cation is preferably represented by any one of the following general formulas (Y1-1) to (Y1-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037

 上記一般式において、R101は、n価の有機基を表し、
 R102~R111は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または、炭化水素基を表し、
 R150およびR151は、それぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、
 R104とR105、R104とR150、R107とR108、および、R109とR110は、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよく、
 Ar101およびAr102は、それぞれ独立に、アリール基を表し、
 nは、1以上の整数を表し、
 mは、0~5の整数を表す。
In the above general formula, R 101 represents an n-valent organic group,
R 102 to R 111 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group,
R 150 and R 151 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group,
R 104 and R 105 , R 104 and R 150 , R 107 and R 108 , and R 109 and R 110 may be bonded to each other to form a ring,
Ar 101 and Ar 102 each independently represent an aryl group,
n represents an integer of 1 or more,
m represents an integer of 0 to 5.

 R101は、n価の有機基を表す。1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、アルキレン基、アリール基などが挙げられる。2価以上の有機基としては、1価の有機基から水素原子を1個以上除いてn価の基としたものが挙げられる。
 R101は、アリール基であることが好ましい。アリール基の具体例としては、後述するAr10で説明したものが挙げられる。
R 101 represents an n-valent organic group. Examples of the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, an alkylene group, and an aryl group. Examples of the divalent or higher valent organic group include those obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from a monovalent organic group to form an n valent group.
R 101 is preferably an aryl group. Specific examples of the aryl group include those described for Ar 10 described later.

 R102~R111は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、または、炭化水素基を表し、R150およびR151は、それぞれ独立に炭化水素基を表す。
 R102~R111、R150およびR151が表す炭化水素基としては、アルキル基、アルケニル基またはアリール基が好ましい。アルキル基、アルケニル基およびアリール基はさらに置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述するAが表す有機基が有していてもよい置換基で説明したものが挙げられる。
R 102 ~ R 111 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, or a hydrocarbon group, R 0.99 and R 151 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group.
The hydrocarbon group represented by R 102 to R 111 , R 150 and R 151 is preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group, alkenyl group and aryl group may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include those described for the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.

 アルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~10がさらに好ましい。アルキル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。
 アルケニル基の炭素数は、2~30が好ましく、2~20がより好ましく、2~10がさらに好ましい。アルケニル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アルケニル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。
 アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12がさらに好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。
The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
The alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkenyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.

 Ar101およびAr102は、それぞれ独立に、アリール基を表す。
 アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12がさらに好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。
Ar 101 and Ar 102 each independently represents an aryl group.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.

 R104とR105、R104とR150、R107とR108、および、R109とR110は、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。環としては、脂肪族環(非芳香性の炭化水素環)、芳香環、複素環などが挙げられる。環は単環であってもよく、複環であってもよい。上記の基が結合して環を形成する場合の連結基としては、-CO-、-O-、-NH-、2価の脂肪族基、2価のアリール基およびそれらの組み合わせからなる群より選ばれる2価の連結基が挙げられる。形成される環の具体例としては、例えば、ピロリジン環、ピロール環、ピペリジン環、ピリジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラジン環、モルホリン環、チアジン環、インドール環、イソインドール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、プリン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、キノキサリン環、シンノリン環、カルバゾール環などが挙げられる。 R 104 and R 105 , R 104 and R 150 , R 107 and R 108 , and R 109 and R 110 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring include an aliphatic ring (non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring), an aromatic ring, a heterocyclic ring, and the like. The ring may be monocyclic or multicyclic. In the case where the above groups are bonded to form a ring, the linking group is selected from the group consisting of —CO—, —O—, —NH—, a divalent aliphatic group, a divalent aryl group, and combinations thereof. The bivalent coupling group chosen is mentioned. Specific examples of the ring formed include, for example, pyrrolidine ring, pyrrole ring, piperidine ring, pyridine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazine ring, morpholine ring, thiazine ring, indole ring, isoindole. Ring, benzimidazole ring, purine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, quinoxaline ring, cinnoline ring, carbazole ring and the like.

 本発明において、アンモニウムカチオンは、一般式(Y1-1)または(Y1-2)で表される構造が好ましく、一般式(Y1-1)または(Y1-2)で表され、R101がアリール基である構造がより好ましく、一般式(Y1-1)で表され、R101がアリール基である構造が特に好ましい。すなわち、本発明において、アンモニウムカチオンは、下記一般式(Y)で表されることがより好ましい。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
一般式(Y)中、Ar10は、芳香族基を表し、R11~R15は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または炭化水素基を表し、R14とR15は互いに結合して環を形成していてもよく、nは、1以上の整数を表す。 In the present invention, the ammonium cation preferably has a structure represented by the general formula (Y1-1) or (Y1-2), represented by the general formula (Y1-1) or (Y1-2), and R 101 is aryl. A structure that is a group is more preferable, and a structure represented by the general formula (Y1-1), in which R 101 is an aryl group, is particularly preferable. That is, in the present invention, the ammonium cation is more preferably represented by the following general formula (Y).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
In general formula (Y), Ar 10 represents an aromatic group, R 11 to R 15 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and R 14 and R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring. And n represents an integer of 1 or more.

 Ar10はアリール基を表す。アリール基としては、具体的には、置換または無置換のベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ペンタレン環、インデン環、アズレン環、ヘプタレン環、インデセン環、ペリレン環、ペンタセン環、アセナフテン環、フェナントレン環、アントラセン環、ナフタセン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、フルオレン環、ビフェニル環、ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、インドリジン環、インドール環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、イソベンゾフラン環、キノリジン環、キノリン環、フタラジン環、ナフチリジン環、キノキサリン環、キノキサゾリン環、イソキノリン環、カルバゾール環、フェナントリジン環、アクリジン環、フェナントロリン環、チアントレン環、クロメン環、キサンテン環、フェノキサチイン環、フェノチアジン環、および、フェナジン環が挙げられる。中でも、保存安定性と高感度化の観点から、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェノチアジン環、またはカルバゾール環が好ましく、ベンゼン環またはナフタレン環が最も好ましい。
 アリール基が有していてもよい置換基の例としては、後述するAが表す有機基が有していてもよい置換基で説明したものが挙げられる。
Ar 10 represents an aryl group. Specific examples of the aryl group include a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, heptalene ring, indecene ring, perylene ring, pentacene ring, acenaphthene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring. Naphthacene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, fluorene ring, biphenyl ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, indolizine ring, Indole ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinolidine ring, quinoline ring, phthalazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinoxazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, phenanthridine ring, acridine ring, Enantororin ring, thianthrene ring, chromene ring, xanthene ring, phenoxathiin ring, a phenothiazine ring, and a phenazine ring. Among these, from the viewpoint of storage stability and high sensitivity, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenothiazine ring, or a carbazole ring is preferable, and a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring is most preferable.
Examples of aryl groups the substituents which may have, include those described in the organic group has optionally may substituent represented by A 1 to be described later.

 R11およびR12は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または炭化水素基を表す。炭化水素基としては、特に限定はないが、アルキル基、アルケニル基またはアリール基が好ましい。
 R11およびR12は、水素原子が好ましい。
R 11 and R 12 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. The hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group.
R 11 and R 12 are preferably a hydrogen atom.

 アルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~10がさらに好ましい。アルキル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよい。
 直鎖または分岐のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、テトラデシル基、オクダデシル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、1-エチルペンチル基、および2-エチルヘキシル基が挙げられる。
 環状のアルキル基(シクロアルキル基)は、単環のシクロアルキル基であってもよく、多環のシクロアルキル基であってもよい。単環のシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基およびシクロオクチル基が挙げられる。多環のシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、ボルニル基、カンフェニル基、デカヒドロナフチル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、カンホロイル基、ジシクロヘキシル基およびピネニル基が挙げられる。中でも、高感度化との両立の観点から、シクロヘキシル基が最も好ましい。
 アルケニル基の炭素数は、2~30が好ましく、2~20がより好ましく、2~10がさらに好ましい。アルケニル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。
 アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12がさらに好ましい。
The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
Examples of the linear or branched alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, a tetradecyl group, and an octadecyl group. Isopropyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, 1-ethylpentyl group, and 2-ethylhexyl group.
The cyclic alkyl group (cycloalkyl group) may be a monocyclic cycloalkyl group or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group. Examples of the monocyclic cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Examples of the polycyclic cycloalkyl group include an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, a bornyl group, a camphenyl group, a decahydronaphthyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a camphoroyl group, a dicyclohexyl group, and a pinenyl group. Can be mentioned. Among these, a cyclohexyl group is most preferable from the viewpoint of achieving high sensitivity.
The alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.

 R13~R15は、水素原子または炭化水素基を表す。
 炭化水素基としては、上述したR11、R12で説明した炭化水素基が挙げられる。R13~R15は、特にアルキル基が好ましく、好ましい態様もR11、R12で説明したものと同じである。
R 13 to R 15 each represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
Examples of the hydrocarbon group include the hydrocarbon groups described above for R 11 and R 12 . R 13 to R 15 are particularly preferably alkyl groups, and preferred embodiments are also the same as those described for R 11 and R 12 .

 R14とR15は、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。環としては、環状脂肪族(非芳香性の炭化水素環)、芳香環、複素環などが挙げられる。環は単環であってもよく、複環であってもよい。RとRが結合して環を形成する場合の連結基としては、-CO-、-O-、-NH-、2価の脂肪族基、2価のアリール基およびそれらの組み合わせからなる群より選ばれる2価の連結基が挙げられる。形成される環の具体例としては、例えば、ピロリジン環、ピロール環、ピペリジン環、ピリジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラジン環、モルホリン環、チアジン環、インドール環、イソインドール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、プリン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、キノキサリン環、シンノリン環、カルバゾール環などが挙げられる。 R 14 and R 15 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the ring include cycloaliphatic (non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring), aromatic ring, heterocyclic ring and the like. The ring may be monocyclic or multicyclic. When R 4 and R 5 are combined to form a ring, the linking group is composed of —CO—, —O—, —NH—, a divalent aliphatic group, a divalent aryl group, and combinations thereof. And divalent linking groups selected from the group. Specific examples of the ring formed include, for example, pyrrolidine ring, pyrrole ring, piperidine ring, pyridine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazine ring, morpholine ring, thiazine ring, indole ring, isoindole. Ring, benzimidazole ring, purine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, quinoxaline ring, cinnoline ring, carbazole ring and the like.

 R13~R15は、R14とR15が互いに結合して環を形成しているか、あるいは、R13が、炭素数5~30(より好ましくは炭素数6~18)の直鎖アルキル基であり、R14およびR15が、それぞれ独立に炭素数1~3(より好ましくは炭素数1または2)のアルキル基であることが好ましい。この態様によれば、沸点の高いアミン種を発生しやすくすることができる。
 また、R13~R15は、発生するアミン種の塩基性や沸点の観点から、R13とR14とR15の炭素原子の総数が7~30であることが好ましく、10~20であることがより好ましい。
 また、沸点の高いアミン種を発生しやすいという理由から、一般式(Y)における「-NR131415」の化学式量は、80~2000が好ましく、100~500がより好ましい。
R 13 to R 15 are a group in which R 14 and R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring, or R 13 is a linear alkyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms (more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms). R 14 and R 15 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms (more preferably 1 or 2 carbon atoms). According to this aspect, it is possible to easily generate amine species having a high boiling point.
R 13 to R 15 are preferably 7 to 30 in terms of the total number of carbon atoms of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 from the viewpoint of the basicity and boiling point of the generated amine species. It is more preferable.
In addition, the amount of the chemical formula “—NR 13 R 14 R 15 ” in the general formula (Y) is preferably 80 to 2000, and more preferably 100 to 500, because an amine species having a high boiling point is likely to be generated.

 一方、銅配線との密着性をより向上させるための実施形態として、一般式(Y)において、R13およびR14がメチル基またはエチル基であり、R15が炭素数5以上の直鎖、分岐または環状のアルキル基であるか、アリール基である形態が挙げられる。本実施形態においては、R13およびR14がメチル基であり、R15が炭素数5~20の直鎖アルキル基、炭素数6~17の分岐アルキル基、炭素数6~10の環状アルキル基またはフェニル基であることが好ましく、R13およびR14がメチル基であり、R15が炭素数5~10の直鎖アルキル基、炭素数6~10の分岐アルキル基、炭素数6~8の環状アルキル基またはフェニル基であることがより好ましい。このようにアミン種の疎水性を低くすることで、銅配線上にアミンが付着した場合にも、銅表面とポリイミドとの親和性が低下してしまうのをより効果的に抑止できる。本実施形態において、Ar10、R11、R12およびnの好ましい範囲は、上述と同様である。 On the other hand, as an embodiment for further improving the adhesion to the copper wiring, in the general formula (Y), R 13 and R 14 are a methyl group or an ethyl group, and R 15 is a straight chain having 5 or more carbon atoms, Examples include a branched or cyclic alkyl group or an aryl group. In this embodiment, R 13 and R 14 are methyl groups, and R 15 is a linear alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 6 to 17 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Or a phenyl group, R 13 and R 14 are methyl groups, R 15 is a linear alkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, or 6 to 8 carbon atoms. A cyclic alkyl group or a phenyl group is more preferable. By reducing the hydrophobicity of the amine species in this way, it is possible to more effectively prevent the affinity between the copper surface and the polyimide from being lowered even when the amine adheres on the copper wiring. In the present embodiment, preferred ranges of Ar 10 , R 11 , R 12 and n are the same as described above.

<一般式(A1)で表される化合物>
 本発明において、酸性化合物は、下記一般式(A1)で表される化合物であることも好ましい。この化合物は、室温では酸性であるが、加熱により、カルボキシル基が脱炭酸または、脱水環化して失われることで、それまで中和され不活性化していたアミン部位が活性となることにより、塩基性となる。以下、一般式(A1)について説明する。
<Compound represented by formula (A1)>
In the present invention, the acidic compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (A1). This compound is acidic at room temperature, but by heating, the carboxyl group is lost by decarboxylation or dehydration cyclization, and the amine site that has been neutralized and inactivated becomes active. It becomes sex. Hereinafter, general formula (A1) is demonstrated.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 一般式(A1)において、Aはp価の有機基を表し、Rは1価の有機基を表し、Lは(m+1)価の有機基を表し、mは1以上の整数を表し、pは1以上の整数を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
In General Formula (A1), A 1 represents a p-valent organic group, R 1 represents a monovalent organic group, L 1 represents an (m + 1) -valent organic group, and m represents an integer of 1 or more. , P represents an integer of 1 or more.

 一般式(A1)中、Aはp価の有機基を表す。有機基としては、脂肪族基、アリール基などが挙げられ、アリール基が好ましい。Aをアリール基とすることにより、より低温で、沸点の高い塩基を発生しやすくできる。発生する塩基の沸点を高くすることにより、ポリイミド前駆体の硬化時の加熱による揮発または分解を抑制し、ポリイミド前駆体の環化をより効果的に進行させることができる。
 1価の脂肪族基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アルケニル基等が挙げられる。
 アルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~10がさらに好ましい。アルキル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。アルキル基の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、tert-ブチル基、ドデシル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、アダマンチル基等が挙げられる。
 アルケニル基の炭素数は、2~30が好ましく、2~20がより好ましく、2~10がさらに好ましい。アルケニル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよい。アルケニル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。アルケニル基としては、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基等が挙げられる。
 2価以上の脂肪族基としては、上記の1価の脂肪族基から水素原子を1個以上除いた基が挙げられる。
 アリール基は、単環であってもよく、多環であってもよい。アリール基は、ヘテロ原子を含むヘテロアリール基であってもよい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。無置換が好ましい。アリール基の具体例としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ペンタレン環、インデン環、アズレン環、ヘプタレン環、インデセン環、ペリレン環、ペンタセン環、アセナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、アントラセン環、ナフタセン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、フルオレン環、ビフェニル環、ピロール環、フラン環、チオフェン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、インドリジン環、インドール環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、イソベンゾフラン環、キノリジン環、キノリン環、フタラジン環、ナフチリジン環、キノキサリン環、キノキサゾリン環、イソキノリン環、カルバゾール環、フェナントリジン環、アクリジン環、フェナントロリン環、チアントレン環、クロメン環、キサンテン環、フェノキサチイン環、フェノチアジン環、および、フェナジン環が挙げられ、ベンゼン環が最も好ましい。
 アリール基は、複数の芳香環が、単結合または後述する連結基を介して連結していてもよい。連結基としては、例えば、アルキレン基が好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐のいずれも好ましい。複数の芳香環が、単結合または連結基を介して連結したアリール基の具体例としては、ビフェニル、ジフェニルメタン、ジフェニルプロパン、ジフェニルイソプロパン、トリフェニルメタン、テトラフェニルメタンなどが挙げられる。
In General Formula (A1), A 1 represents a p-valent organic group. Examples of the organic group include an aliphatic group and an aryl group, and an aryl group is preferable. By the A 1 and aryl group, at lower temperatures, often invites a base having a boiling point higher. By increasing the boiling point of the generated base, volatilization or decomposition due to heating at the time of curing of the polyimide precursor can be suppressed, and cyclization of the polyimide precursor can proceed more effectively.
Examples of the monovalent aliphatic group include an alkyl group and an alkenyl group.
The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a tert-butyl group, a dodecyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and an adamantyl group.
The alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic. The alkenyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the alkenyl group include a vinyl group and a (meth) allyl group.
Examples of the divalent or higher aliphatic group include groups obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from the above monovalent aliphatic group.
The aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The aryl group may be a heteroaryl group containing a heteroatom. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Unsubstituted is preferred. Specific examples of the aryl group include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentalene ring, indene ring, azulene ring, heptalene ring, indecene ring, perylene ring, pentacene ring, acenaphthalene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring, naphthacene ring, chrysene ring. , Triphenylene ring, fluorene ring, biphenyl ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, thiazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, indolizine ring, indole ring, benzofuran ring, Benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinolidine ring, quinoline ring, phthalazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinoxazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, phenanthridine ring, acridine ring, phenanthroline ring, Antoren ring, chromene ring, xanthene ring, phenoxathiin ring, a phenothiazine ring, and include phenazine ring, a benzene ring is most preferred.
In the aryl group, a plurality of aromatic rings may be linked through a single bond or a linking group described later. As the linking group, for example, an alkylene group is preferable. The alkylene group is preferably linear or branched. Specific examples of the aryl group in which a plurality of aromatic rings are linked through a single bond or a linking group include biphenyl, diphenylmethane, diphenylpropane, diphenylisopropane, triphenylmethane, and tetraphenylmethane.

 Aが表す有機基が有していてもよい置換基の例としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子およびヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子;メトキシ基、エトキシ基およびtert-ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;フェノキシ基およびp-トリルオキシ基等のアリールオキシ基;メトキシカルボニル基及びブトキシカルボニル基等のアルコキシカルボニル基;フェノキシカルボニル基等のアリールオキシカルボニル基;アセトキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基およびベンゾイルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基;アセチル基、ベンゾイル基、イソブチリル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基およびメトキサリル基等のアシル基;メチルスルファニル基およびtert-ブチルスルファニル基等のアルキルスルファニル基;フェニルスルファニル基およびp-トリルスルファニル基等のアリールスルファニル基;メチル基、エチル基、tert-ブチル基およびドデシル基等のアルキル基;フッ化アルキル基等のハロゲン化アルキル基;シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基およびアダマンチル基等のシクロアルキル基;フェニル基、p-トリル基、キシリル基、クメニル基、ナフチル基、アンスリル基およびフェナントリル基等のアリール基;水酸基;カルボキシル基;ホルミル基;スルホ基;シアノ基;アルキルアミノカルボニル基;アリールアミノカルボニル基;スルホンアミド基;シリル基;アミノ基;モノアルキルアミノ基;ジアルキルアミノ基;アリールアミノ基;ジアリールアミノ基;チオキシ基;またはこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent that the organic group represented by A 1 may have include, for example, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom; a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a tert-butoxy group. Alkoxy groups; aryloxy groups such as phenoxy group and p-tolyloxy group; alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl group and butoxycarbonyl group; aryloxycarbonyl groups such as phenoxycarbonyl group; acetoxy group, propionyloxy group and benzoyloxy group An acyloxy group such as an acetyl group, a benzoyl group, an isobutyryl group, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group and a methoxalyl group; an alkylsulfanyl group such as a methylsulfanyl group and a tert-butylsulfanyl group; And arylsulfanyl groups such as p-tolylsulfanyl group; alkyl groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, tert-butyl group and dodecyl group; halogenated alkyl groups such as fluorinated alkyl group; cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl Group and cycloalkyl group such as adamantyl group; aryl group such as phenyl group, p-tolyl group, xylyl group, cumenyl group, naphthyl group, anthryl group and phenanthryl group; hydroxyl group; carboxyl group; formyl group; sulfo group; Alkylaminocarbonyl group; arylaminocarbonyl group; sulfonamido group; silyl group; amino group; monoalkylamino group; dialkylamino group; arylamino group; diarylamino group;

 Lは(m+1)価の連結基を表す。連結基としては特に限定されず、―COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S―、-SO―、―SO-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~10の直鎖または分岐アルキレン基)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~10のシクロアルキレン基)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数210の直鎖または分岐アルケニレン基)、またはこれらの複数が連結した連結基などを挙げることができる。連結基の総炭素数は、3以下が好ましい。連結基は、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルケニレン基が好ましく、直鎖または分岐アルキレン基がより好ましく、直鎖アルキレン基がさらに好ましく、エチレン基またはメチレン基が特に好ましく、メチレン基が最も好ましい。 L 1 represents a (m + 1) -valent linking group. The linking group is not particularly limited, and is —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group (preferably a straight chain having 1 to 10 carbon atoms). A chain or branched alkylene group), a cycloalkylene group (preferably a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably a linear or branched alkenylene group having 210 carbon atoms), or a linking group in which a plurality of these are linked And so on. The total carbon number of the linking group is preferably 3 or less. The linking group is preferably an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or an alkenylene group, more preferably a linear or branched alkylene group, still more preferably a linear alkylene group, particularly preferably an ethylene group or a methylene group, and most preferably a methylene group.

 Rは1価の有機基を表す。1価の有機基としては、脂肪族基、アリール基などが挙げられる。脂肪族基、アリール基については、上述したAで説明したものが挙げられる。Rが表す1価の有機基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述したものが挙げられる。
 Rは、カルボキシル基を有する基であることが好ましい。すなわち、Rは、下記式で表される基が好ましい。
 -L-(COOH)  
 式中、Lは(n+1)価の連結基を表し、nは1以上の整数を表す。
 Lが表す連結基は、上述したLで説明した基が挙げられ、好ましい範囲も同様であり、エチレン基またはメチレン基が特に好ましく、メチレン基が最も好ましい。
 nは1以上の整数を表し、1または2が好ましく、1がより好ましい。nの上限は、Lが表す連結基が取り得る置換基の最大数である。nが1であれば、200℃以下の加熱により、沸点の高い3級アミンを発生しやすい。更には、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の安定性を向上できる。
R 1 represents a monovalent organic group. Examples of the monovalent organic group include an aliphatic group and an aryl group. Aliphatic group, for the aryl group include those described in A 1 described above. The monovalent organic group represented by R 1 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include those described above.
R 1 is preferably a group having a carboxyl group. That is, R 1 is preferably a group represented by the following formula.
-L 2- (COOH) n
In the formula, L 2 represents an (n + 1) -valent linking group, and n represents an integer of 1 or more.
Examples of the linking group represented by L 2 include the groups described above for L 1 , and the preferred ranges are also the same, an ethylene group or a methylene group is particularly preferred, and a methylene group is most preferred.
n represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1. The upper limit of n is the maximum number of substituents that can take the linking group L 2 represents. If n is 1, a tertiary amine having a high boiling point is likely to be generated by heating at 200 ° C. or lower. Furthermore, the stability of the negative photosensitive resin composition can be improved.

 mは1以上の整数を表し、1または2が好ましく、1がより好ましい。mの上限は、Lが表す連結基が取り得る置換基の最大数である。mが1であれば、200℃以下の加熱により、沸点の高い3級アミンを発生しやすい。さらには、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の安定性を向上できる。
 pは、1以上の整数を表し、1または2が好ましく、1がより好ましい。pの上限は、Aが表す有機基が取り得る置換基の最大数である。pが1であれば、200℃以下の加熱により、沸点の高い3級アミンを発生しやすい。
m represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1. The upper limit of m is the maximum number of substituents that the linking group represented by L 1 can take. When m is 1, a tertiary amine having a high boiling point is likely to be generated by heating at 200 ° C. or lower. Furthermore, the stability of the negative photosensitive resin composition can be improved.
p represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1. The upper limit of p is the maximum number of substituents that can take the organic group A 1 represents. When p is 1, a tertiary amine having a high boiling point is likely to be generated by heating at 200 ° C. or lower.

 本発明において、一般式(A1)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(1a)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 一般式(1a)中、Aはp価の有機基を表し、Lは(m+1)価の連結基を表し、Lは(n+1)価の連結基を表し、mは1以上の整数を表し、nは1以上の整数を表し、pは1以上の整数を表す。
 一般式(1a)のA、L、L、m、nおよびpは、一般式(A1)で説明した範囲と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 In the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (A1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (1a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
In General Formula (1a), A 1 represents a p-valent organic group, L 1 represents an (m + 1) -valent linking group, L 2 represents an (n + 1) -valent linking group, and m is an integer of 1 or more. , N represents an integer of 1 or more, and p represents an integer of 1 or more.
A 1 , L 1 , L 2 , m, n, and p in the general formula (1a) have the same meanings as the ranges described in the general formula (A1), and preferred ranges are also the same.

 本発明において、一般式(A1)で表される化合物は、N-アリールイミノ二酢酸であることが好ましい。N-アリールイミノ二酢酸は、一般式(A1)におけるAがアリール基であり、LおよびLがメチレン基であり、mが1であり、nが1であり、pが1である化合物である。N-アリールイミノ二酢酸は、120~200℃にて、沸点の高い3級アミンを発生しやすい。 In the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (A1) is preferably N-aryliminodiacetic acid. In N-aryliminodiacetic acid, A 1 in the general formula (A1) is an aryl group, L 1 and L 2 are methylene groups, m is 1, n is 1, and p is 1. A compound. N-aryliminodiacetic acid tends to generate a tertiary amine having a high boiling point at 120 to 200 ° C.

 以下に、本発明における熱塩基発生剤の具体例を記載するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。これらは、それぞれ単独でまたは2種以上を混合して用いることができる。以下の式中におけるMeは、メチル基を表す。以下に示す化合物のうち、(A-1)~(A-11)、(A-18)、(A-19)が、上記式(A1)で表される化合物である。以下に示す化合物のうち、(A-1)~(A-11)、(A-18)~(A-26)がより好ましく、(A-1)~(A-9)、(A-18)~(A-21)、(A-23)、(A-24)がさらに好ましい。
 また、銅との密着性を向上させる観点からは、(A-18)~(A-26)、(A-38)~(A-43)が好ましく、(A-26)、(A-38)~(A-43)がより好ましい。
Although the specific example of the thermal base generator in this invention is described below, this invention is not limited to these. These can be used alone or in admixture of two or more. Me in the following formulas represents a methyl group. Among the compounds shown below, (A-1) to (A-11), (A-18), and (A-19) are compounds represented by the above formula (A1). Of the compounds shown below, (A-1) to (A-11), (A-18) to (A-26) are more preferred, and (A-1) to (A-9), (A-18) ) To (A-21), (A-23), and (A-24) are more preferable.
From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to copper, (A-18) to (A-26) and (A-38) to (A-43) are preferable, and (A-26) and (A-38) are preferable. ) To (A-43) are more preferable.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045

 本発明で用いる熱塩基発生剤としては、特願2015-034388号明細書の段落番号0015~0055に記載の化合物も好ましく用いられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As the thermal base generator used in the present invention, compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0015 to 0055 of Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-034388 are also preferably used, the contents of which are incorporated herein.

 熱塩基発生剤を用いる場合、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物における熱塩基発生剤の含有量は、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下がさらに好ましい。
 熱塩基発生剤は、1種または2種以上を用いることができる。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When the thermal base generator is used, the content of the thermal base generator in the negative photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and further preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and further preferably 20% by mass or less.
1 type (s) or 2 or more types can be used for a thermal base generator. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that a total amount is the said range.

<熱ラジカル重合開始剤>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、熱ラジカル重合開始剤を含んでいてもよい。熱ラジカル重合開始剤としては、公知の熱ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることができる。
 熱ラジカル重合開始剤は、熱のエネルギーによってラジカルを発生し、重合性化合物の重合反応を開始または促進させる化合物である。熱ラジカル重合開始剤を添加することによって、ポリイミド前駆体の環化反応を進行させる際に、重合性化合物の重合反応を進行させることができる。また、ポリイミド前駆体がエチレン性不飽和結合を含む場合は、ポリイミド前駆体の環化と共に、ポリイミド前駆体の重合反応を進行させることもできるので、より高耐熱化が達成できることとなる。
 熱ラジカル重合開始剤としては、芳香族ケトン類、オニウム塩化合物、過酸化物、チオ化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、ケトオキシムエステル化合物、ボレート化合物、アジニウム化合物、メタロセン化合物、活性エステル化合物、炭素ハロゲン結合を有する化合物、アゾ系化合物等が挙げられる。中でも、過酸化物またはアゾ系化合物がより好ましく、過酸化物が特に好ましい。
 本発明で用いる熱ラジカル重合開始剤は、10時間半減期温度が90~130℃であることが好ましく、100~120℃であることがより好ましい。
 具体的には、特開2008-63554号公報の段落番号0074~0118に記載されている化合物が挙げられる。
 市販品では、パーブチルZおよびパークミルD(日油(株)製)を好適に用いることができる。
<Thermal radical polymerization initiator>
The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a thermal radical polymerization initiator. As the thermal radical polymerization initiator, a known thermal radical polymerization initiator can be used.
The thermal radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates radicals by heat energy and initiates or accelerates the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound. By adding the thermal radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound can be advanced when the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor is advanced. Moreover, when a polyimide precursor contains an ethylenically unsaturated bond, since the polymerization reaction of a polyimide precursor can also be advanced with the cyclization of a polyimide precursor, higher heat resistance can be achieved.
Thermal radical polymerization initiators include aromatic ketones, onium salt compounds, peroxides, thio compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, ketoxime ester compounds, borate compounds, azinium compounds, metallocene compounds, active ester compounds, carbon halogens. Examples thereof include a compound having a bond and an azo compound. Among these, a peroxide or an azo compound is more preferable, and a peroxide is particularly preferable.
The thermal radical polymerization initiator used in the present invention preferably has a 10-hour half-life temperature of 90 to 130 ° C, more preferably 100 to 120 ° C.
Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-63554.
In a commercial item, perbutyl Z and park mill D (made by NOF Corporation) can be used conveniently.

 ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物が熱ラジカル重合開始剤を含有する場合、熱ラジカル重合開始剤の含有量は、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し0.1~50質量%が好ましく、0.1~30質量%がより好ましく、0.1~20質量%が特に好ましい。また、重合性化合物100質量部に対し、熱ラジカル重合開始剤を0.1~50質量部含むことが好ましく、0.5~30質量部含むことがより好ましい。この態様によれば、より耐熱性に優れた硬化膜を形成しやすい。
 熱ラジカル重合開始剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。熱ラジカル重合開始剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When the negative photosensitive resin composition contains a thermal radical polymerization initiator, the content of the thermal radical polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition. 0.1 to 30% by mass is more preferable, and 0.1 to 20% by mass is particularly preferable. Further, the thermal radical polymerization initiator is preferably contained in an amount of 0.1 to 50 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable compound. According to this aspect, it is easy to form a cured film having more excellent heat resistance.
Only one type of thermal radical polymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more thermal radical polymerization initiators, the total is preferably in the above range.

<腐食防止剤>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物には、腐食防止剤を添加することが好ましい。腐食防止剤は、金属配線からのイオンの流出を防ぐ目的で添加し、化合物としては、例えば、特開2013-15701号公報の段落番号0094に記載の防錆剤、特開2009-283711号公報の段落番号0073~0076に記載の化合物、特開2011-59656号公報の段落番号0052に記載の化合物、特開2012-194520号公報の段落番号0114、0116および0118に記載の化合物などを使用することができる。中でも、トリアゾール環を有する化合物またはテトラゾール環を有する化合物を好ましく使用することができ、1,2,4-トリアゾール、1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、5-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール、1H-テトラゾール、5-メチル-1H-テトラゾールがより好ましく、1H-テトラゾールが最も好ましい。
 腐食防止剤を添加する場合、腐食防止剤の配合量は、ポリイミド前駆体100質量部に対して好ましくは0.1~10質量部の範囲であり、より好ましくは0.2~5質量部の範囲である。
 腐食防止剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
<Corrosion inhibitor>
It is preferable to add a corrosion inhibitor to the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. The corrosion inhibitor is added for the purpose of preventing the outflow of ions from the metal wiring. Examples of the compound include a rust inhibitor described in paragraph No. 0094 of JP2013-15701A, and JP2009-283711A. The compounds described in Paragraph Nos. 0073 to 0076, the compound described in Paragraph No. 0052 of JP 2011-59656 A, the compounds described in Paragraph Nos. 0114, 0116, and 0118 of JP 2012-194520 A are used. be able to. Among them, a compound having a triazole ring or a compound having a tetrazole ring can be preferably used. 1,2,4-triazole, 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole, 1H-tetrazole 5-methyl-1H-tetrazole is more preferred, and 1H-tetrazole is most preferred.
When the corrosion inhibitor is added, the amount of the corrosion inhibitor is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10 parts by weight, more preferably 0.2 to 5 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polyimide precursor. It is a range.
Only one type of corrosion inhibitor may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that the sum total is the said range.

<金属接着性改良剤>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、電極や配線などに用いられる金属材料との接着性を向上させるための金属接着性改良剤を含んでいることが好ましい。金属接着性改良剤例としては、特開2014-186186号公報の段落番号0046~0049や、特開2013-072935号公報の段落番号0032~0043に記載のスルフィド系化合物が挙げられる。金属接着性改良剤としては、また、下記化合物も例示される。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 金属接着性改良剤を用いる場合、金属接着性改良剤の配合量は、ポリイミド前駆体100質量部に対して好ましくは0.1~30質量部の範囲であり、より好ましくは0.5~15質量部の範囲である。0.1質量部以上とすることで熱硬化後の膜と金属との接着性が良好となり、30質量部以下とすることで硬化後の膜の耐熱性、機械特性が良好となる。
 金属接着性改良剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。2種以上用いる場合、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 <Metal adhesion improver>
The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver for improving adhesion to a metal material used for electrodes, wirings and the like. Examples of metal adhesion improvers include sulfide compounds described in paragraph numbers 0046 to 0049 of JP-A-2014-186186 and paragraph numbers 0032 to 0043 of JP-A-2013-072935. Examples of the metal adhesion improver also include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
When using a metal adhesion improver, the compounding amount of the metal adhesion improver is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts per 100 parts by mass of the polyimide precursor. It is the range of mass parts. By setting it as 0.1 mass part or more, the adhesiveness of the film | membrane and metal after thermosetting becomes favorable, and the heat resistance of the film | membrane after hardening and mechanical characteristics become favorable by setting it as 30 mass parts or less.
Only one type of metal adhesion improver may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that the sum total is the said range.

<シランカップリング剤>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、基板との接着性を向上させられる点で、シランカップリング剤を含んでいることが好ましい。シランカップリング剤の例としては、特開2014-191002号公報の段落番号0062~0073に記載の化合物、WO2011/080992A1号公報の段落番号0063~0071に記載の化合物、特開2014-191252号公報の段落番号0060~0061に記載の化合物、特開2014-41264号公報の段落番号0045~0052に記載の化合物、WO2014/097594号公報の段落番号0055に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、特開2011-128358号公報の段落番号0050~0058に記載されているように異なる2種以上のシランカップリング剤を用いることも好ましい。
 シランカップリング剤を用いる場合、シランカップリング剤の配合量は、ポリイミド前駆体100質量部に対して好ましくは0.1~20質量部の範囲であり、より好ましくは1~10質量部の範囲である。0.1質量部以上であると、基板とのより充分な密着性を付与することができ、20質量部以下であると室温保存時において粘度上昇等の問題をより抑制できる。
 シランカップリング剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。2種以上用いる場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
<Silane coupling agent>
The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a silane coupling agent in terms of improving the adhesion to the substrate. Examples of the silane coupling agent include compounds described in paragraphs 0062 to 0073 of JP2014-191002, compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0071 of WO2011 / 080992A1, and JP2014-191252A. And the compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0061 of JP-A No. 2014-41264, the compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0045 to 0052 of JP 2014-41264 A, and the compounds described in paragraph No. 0055 of WO 2014/097594. It is also preferable to use two or more different silane coupling agents as described in paragraph numbers 0050 to 0058 of JP2011-128358A.
When a silane coupling agent is used, the amount of the silane coupling agent is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably in the range of 1 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polyimide precursor. It is. When it is 0.1 part by mass or more, sufficient adhesion to the substrate can be imparted, and when it is 20 parts by mass or less, problems such as an increase in viscosity during storage at room temperature can be further suppressed.
Only one type of silane coupling agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using 2 or more types, it is preferable that the sum total is the said range.

<増感色素>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、増感色素を含んでも良い。増感色素は、特定の活性放射線を吸収して電子励起状態となる。電子励起状態となった増感色素は、熱塩基発生剤、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光ラジカル重合開始剤などと接触して、電子移動、エネルギー移動、発熱などの作用を引き起こす。これにより、熱塩基発生剤、熱ラジカル重合開始剤、光ラジカル重合開始剤は化学変化を起こして分解し、ラジカル、酸または塩基を生成する。
<Sensitizing dye>
The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizing dye. A sensitizing dye absorbs specific actinic radiation and enters an electronically excited state. The sensitizing dye in an electronically excited state is brought into contact with a thermal base generator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, a photo radical polymerization initiator or the like, and causes actions such as electron transfer, energy transfer, and heat generation. Thereby, a thermal base generator, a thermal radical polymerization initiator, and a photo radical polymerization initiator cause a chemical change and are decomposed to generate radicals, acids, or bases.

 好ましい増感色素の例としては、以下の化合物類に属しており、かつ300nmから450nm域に吸収波長を有するものを挙げることができる。例えば、多核芳香族類(例えば、フェナントレン、アントラセン、ピレン、ペリレン、トリフェニレン、9.10-ジアルコキシアントラセン)、キサンテン類(例えば、フルオレッセイン、エオシン、エリスロシン、ローダミンB、ローズベンガル)、チオキサントン類(例えば、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン)、シアニン類(例えばチアカルボシアニン、オキサカルボシアニン)、メロシアニン類(例えば、メロシアニン、カルボメロシアニン)、チアジン類(例えば、チオニン、メチレンブルー、トルイジンブルー)、アクリジン類(例えば、アクリジンオレンジ、クロロフラビン、アクリフラビン)、アントラキノン類(例えば、アントラキノン)、スクアリリウム類(例えば、スクアリリウム)、クマリン類(例えば、7-ジエチルアミノ-4-メチルクマリン)、スチリルベンゼン類、ジスチリルベンゼン類、カルバゾール類等が挙げられる。 Examples of preferable sensitizing dyes include those belonging to the following compounds and having an absorption wavelength in the range of 300 nm to 450 nm. For example, polynuclear aromatics (for example, phenanthrene, anthracene, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene, 9.10-dialkoxyanthracene), xanthenes (for example, fluorescein, eosin, erythrosine, rhodamine B, rose bengal), thioxanthones (For example, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone), cyanines (for example thiacarbocyanine, oxacarbocyanine), merocyanines (for example merocyanine, carbomerocyanine), thiazines (for example thionine, methylene blue, toluidine blue), acridines (Eg, acridine orange, chloroflavin, acriflavine), anthraquinones (eg, anthraquinone), squaryliums (eg, squarylium), coumarins (eg, 7-di-) Chiruamino 4-methylcoumarin), styryl benzenes, distyryl benzenes, carbazoles, and the like.

 中でも本発明においては、多核芳香族類(例えば、フェナントレン、アントラセン、ピレン、ペリレン、トリフェニレン)、チオキサントン類、ジスチリルベンゼン類、スチリルベンゼン類を使用することが開始効率の観点で好ましく、アントラセン骨格を有する化合物を使用することがより好ましい。特に好ましい具体的な化合物としては、9,10-ジエトキシアントラセン、9,10-ジブトキシアントラセンなどが挙げられる。 Among them, in the present invention, polynuclear aromatics (for example, phenanthrene, anthracene, pyrene, perylene, triphenylene), thioxanthones, distyrylbenzenes, and styrylbenzenes are preferably used from the viewpoint of starting efficiency, and the anthracene skeleton is used. It is more preferable to use the compound which has. Particularly preferred specific compounds include 9,10-diethoxyanthracene and 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene.

 ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物が増感色素を含む場合、増感色素の含有量は、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01~20質量%が好ましく、0.1~15質量%がより好ましく、0.5~10質量%がさらに好ましい。増感色素は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 When the negative photosensitive resin composition contains a sensitizing dye, the content of the sensitizing dye is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition, 0.1 Is more preferably 15 to 15% by mass, and further preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass. A sensitizing dye may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

<連鎖移動剤>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、連鎖移動剤を含有してもよい。連鎖移動剤は、例えば高分子辞典第三版(高分子学会編、2005年)683-684頁に定義されている。連鎖移動剤としては、例えば、分子内にSH、PH、SiH、GeHを有する化合物群が用いられる。これらは、低活性のラジカル種に水素供与して、ラジカルを生成するか、もしくは、酸化された後、脱プロトンすることによりラジカルを生成し得る。特に、チオール化合物(例えば、2-メルカプトベンズイミダゾール類、2-メルカプトベンズチアゾール類、2-メルカプトベンズオキサゾール類、3-メルカプトトリアゾール類、5-メルカプトテトラゾール類等)を好ましく用いることができる。
<Chain transfer agent>
The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. The chain transfer agent is defined, for example, in Polymer Dictionary 3rd Edition (edited by the Polymer Society, 2005) pages 683-684. As the chain transfer agent, for example, a compound group having SH, PH, SiH, GeH in the molecule is used. These can donate hydrogen to low-activity radical species to generate radicals, or can be oxidized and then deprotonated to generate radicals. In particular, thiol compounds (for example, 2-mercaptobenzimidazoles, 2-mercaptobenzthiazoles, 2-mercaptobenzoxazoles, 3-mercaptotriazoles, 5-mercaptotetrazoles, etc.) can be preferably used.

 ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物が連鎖移動剤を含有する場合、連鎖移動剤の含有量は、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分100質量部に対し、好ましくは0.01~20質量部、より好ましくは1~10質量部、さらに好ましくは1~5質量部である。
 連鎖移動剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。連鎖移動剤が2種以上の場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When the negative photosensitive resin composition contains a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition. More preferably, it is 1 to 10 parts by mass, and still more preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass.
Only one type of chain transfer agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two or more chain transfer agents, the total is preferably in the above range.

<界面活性剤>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物には、塗布性をより向上させる観点から、各種の界面活性剤を添加してもよい。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用できる。
 特に、フッ素系界面活性剤を含むことで、塗布液として調製したときの液特性(特に、流動性)がより向上することから、塗布厚の均一性や省液性をより改善することができる。
 フッ素系界面活性剤を含む塗布液を用いて膜形成する場合においては、被塗布面と塗布液との界面張力を低下させることにより、被塗布面への濡れ性が改善され、被塗布面への塗布性が向上する。このため、少量の液量で数μm程度の薄膜を形成した場合であっても、厚みムラの小さい均一厚の膜形成をより好適に行える点で有効である。
<Surfactant>
Various surfactants may be added to the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving coatability. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
In particular, by including a fluorosurfactant, liquid properties (particularly fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid are further improved, so that the uniformity of coating thickness and liquid-saving properties can be further improved. .
In the case of forming a film using a coating liquid containing a fluorosurfactant, the wettability to the coated surface is improved by reducing the interfacial tension between the coated surface and the coating liquid, and the coated surface The coating property of is improved. For this reason, even when a thin film of about several μm is formed with a small amount of liquid, it is effective in that it is possible to more suitably form a film having a uniform thickness with small thickness unevenness.

 フッ素系界面活性剤のフッ素含有率は、3~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、溶解性も良好である。
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、例えば、メガファックF171、同F172、同F173、同F176、同F177、同F141、同F142、同F143、同F144、同R30、同F437、同F475、同F479、同F482、同F554、同F780、同F781(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、同FC431、同FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、同SC-101、同SC-103、同SC-104、同SC-105、同SC1068、同SC-381、同SC-383、同S393、同KH-40(以上、旭硝子(株)製)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(OMNOVA社製)等が挙げられる。
 フッ素系界面活性剤としてブロックポリマーを用いることもでき、具体例としては、例えば特開2011-89090号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。
 また、下記化合物も本発明で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、例えば、14,000である。 The fluorine content of the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass. A fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid-saving properties, and has good solubility.
Examples of the fluorosurfactant include Megafac F171, F172, F173, F176, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, F780, F781 (above DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, SC-101, Same SC-103, Same SC-104, Same SC-105, Same SC1068, Same SC-381, Same SC-383, Same S393, Same KH-40 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF636, PF656, PF6320 PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA), and the like.
A block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant, and specific examples thereof include compounds described in JP-A-2011-89090.
The following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorosurfactant used in the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is, for example, 14,000.

 ノニオン系界面活性剤として具体的には、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレートおよびプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセリンエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル(BASF社製のプルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1)、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株))等が挙げられる。また、竹本油脂(株)製のパイオニンD-6112-W、和光純薬工業製の、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002を使用することもできる。 Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene Stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62 manufactured by BASF, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1) Solsperse 20000 (Lubrizol Japan Co., Ltd.), and the like. Alternatively, Pionein D-6112-W manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd., NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. may be used.

 カチオン系界面活性剤として具体的には、フタロシアニン誘導体(商品名:EFKA-745、森下産業(株)製)、オルガノシロキサンポリマーKP341(信越化学工業(株)製)、(メタ)アクリル酸系(共)重合体ポリフローNo.75、No.90、No.95(共栄社化学(株)製)、W001(裕商(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the cationic surfactant include phthalocyanine derivatives (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.), organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth) acrylic acid ( Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.

 アニオン系界面活性剤として具体的には、W004、W005、W017(裕商(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of anionic surfactants include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.

 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、東レ・ダウコーニング(株)製「トーレシリコーンDC3PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH7PA」、「トーレシリコーンDC11PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH21PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH28PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH29PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH30PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH8400」、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製「TSF-4440」、「TSF-4300」、「TSF-4445」、「TSF-4460」、「TSF-4452」、信越シリコーン株式会社製「KP341」、「KF6001」、「KF6002」、ビックケミー社製「BYK307」、「BYK323」、「BYK330」等が挙げられる。 Examples of the silicone surfactant include “Toray Silicone DC3PA”, “Toray Silicone SH7PA”, “Tore Silicone DC11PA”, “Tore Silicone SH21PA”, “Tore Silicone SH28PA”, “Toray Silicone” manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd. Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400, Momentive Performance Materials TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF -4552 "," KP341 "," KF6001 "," KF6002 "manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.," BYK307 "," BYK323 "," BYK330 "manufactured by BYK Chemie.

 ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物が界面活性剤を含有する場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.001~2.0質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.005~1.0質量%である。
 界面活性剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。界面活性剤を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
When the negative photosensitive resin composition contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition. More preferably, the content is 0.005 to 1.0% by mass.
Only one surfactant may be used, or two or more surfactants may be used. When two or more surfactants are contained, the total is preferably in the above range.

<高級脂肪酸誘導体等>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物には、酸素による重合阻害を防止するために、ベヘン酸やベヘン酸アミドのような高級脂肪酸誘導体等を添加して、塗布後の乾燥の過程でネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の表面に偏在させてもよい。
 ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物が高級脂肪酸誘導体等を含有する場合、高級脂肪酸誘導体等の含有量は、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~10質量%が好ましい。
 高級脂肪酸誘導体等は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。高級脂肪酸誘導体等を2種以上含有する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
<Higher fatty acid derivatives, etc.>
In order to prevent polymerization inhibition due to oxygen, a negative fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenamide is added to the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, and the negative photosensitive resin composition in the drying process after coating. It may be unevenly distributed on the surface of the photosensitive resin composition.
When the negative photosensitive resin composition contains a higher fatty acid derivative or the like, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative or the like is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the negative photosensitive resin composition. .
Only one type of higher fatty acid derivative or the like may be used. When two or more higher fatty acid derivatives are contained, the total is preferably within the above range.

<溶剤>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を塗布によって層状にする場合、溶剤を配合することが好ましい。溶剤は、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を層状に形成できれば、公知のものを制限なく使用できる。
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物に用いられる溶剤としては、エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、ε-カプロラクトンδ-バレロラクトン、オキシ酢酸アルキル(例えば、オキシ酢酸メチル、オキシ酢酸エチル、オキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-オキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、3-オキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-オキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-オキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例えば、2-オキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-オキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-オキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-オキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチルおよび2-オキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、および2-オキソブタン酸エチル等、並びに、エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、およびプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート等、並びに、ケトン類として、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン、およびN-メチル-2-ピロリドン等、並びに、芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、アニソール、およびリモネン等、並びに、スルホキシド類としてジメチルスルホキシドが好適に挙げられる。
<Solvent>
When the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is layered by coating, it is preferable to blend a solvent. If a negative photosensitive resin composition can be formed in a layer form, a well-known thing can be used for a solvent without a restriction | limiting.
Examples of the solvent used in the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention include esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, and ethyl butyrate. Butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone δ-valerolactone, alkyl oxyacetate (eg, methyl oxyacetate, ethyl oxyacetate, butyl oxyacetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, Butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate etc.)), 3-oxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg methyl 3-oxypropionate, ethyl 3-oxypropionate etc. (eg methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropio Acid ethyl, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.), 2-oxypropionic acid alkyl esters (for example, methyl 2-oxypropionate, ethyl 2-oxypropionate, 2-oxypropionic acid) Propyl etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), 2-oxy-2-methylpropion Methyl acid and ethyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, pyruvic acid Propyl, methyl acetoacetate, ace Ethyl acetate, methyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate and the like, and ethers such as diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol Monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate and the like, and as ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone , Cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like, and aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, anisole and limonene, and sulfoxides Preferred examples include dimethyl sulfoxide.

 溶剤は、塗布面状の改良などの観点から、2種以上を混合する形態も好ましい。なかでも、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、ジメチルスルホキシド、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、およびプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテートから選択される2種以上で構成される混合溶液が好ましい。ジメチルスルホキシドとγ-ブチロラクトンとの併用が特に好ましい。 The solvent is preferably in the form of a mixture of two or more types from the viewpoint of improving the coated surface. Among them, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone A mixed solution composed of two or more selected from dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate is preferable. The combined use of dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone is particularly preferred.

 ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物が溶剤を含有する場合、溶剤の含有量は、塗布性の観点から、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分濃度が5~80質量%になる量とすることが好ましく、5~70質量%がより好ましく、10~60質量%がさらに好ましい。
 溶剤は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。溶剤を2種以上含有するの場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
 また、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミドおよびN,N-ジメチルホルムアミドの含有量は、膜強度の観点から、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の全質量に対して5質量%未満が好ましく、1質量%未満がより好ましく、0.5質量%未満がさらに好ましく、0.1質量%未満が特に好ましい。
When the negative photosensitive resin composition contains a solvent, the content of the solvent should be such that the total solid content concentration of the negative photosensitive resin composition is 5 to 80% by mass from the viewpoint of applicability. It is preferably 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably 10 to 60% by mass.
One type of solvent may be sufficient and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it. When two or more solvents are contained, the total is preferably within the above range.
In addition, the content of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide and N, N-dimethylformamide is such that the negative photosensitive resin composition can be used from the viewpoint of film strength. It is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, further preferably less than 0.5% by mass, and particularly preferably less than 0.1% by mass with respect to the total mass.

<その他の添加剤>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、必要に応じて、各種添加物、例えば、無機粒子、硬化剤、硬化触媒、充填剤、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、凝集防止剤等を配合することができる。これらの添加剤を配合する場合、その合計配合量はネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の固形分の3質量%以下とすることが好ましい。
<Other additives>
The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is various additives, for example, inorganic particles, curing agents, curing catalysts, fillers, antioxidants, ultraviolet rays, as necessary, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Absorbers, anti-aggregation agents and the like can be blended. When mix | blending these additives, it is preferable that the total compounding quantity shall be 3 mass% or less of solid content of a negative photosensitive resin composition.

 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の水分含有量は、塗布面状の観点から、5質量%未満が好ましく、1質量%未満がより好ましく、0.6質量%未満が特に好ましい。 The water content of the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, and particularly preferably less than 0.6% by mass from the viewpoint of the coated surface.

 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の金属含有量は、絶縁性の観点から、5質量ppm未満が好ましく、1質量ppm未満がより好ましく、0.5質量ppm未満が特に好ましい。金属としては、ナトリウム、カリウム、マグネシウム、カルシウム、鉄、クロム、ニッケルなどが挙げられる。金属を複数含む場合は、これらの金属の合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
 また、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物に意図せずに含まれる金属不純物を低減する方法としては、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う、装置内をポリテトラフルオロエチレン等でライニングしてコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う等の方法を挙げることができる。
From the viewpoint of insulation, the metal content of the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 ppm by mass, more preferably less than 1 ppm by mass, and particularly preferably less than 0.5 ppm by mass. Examples of the metal include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, nickel and the like. When a plurality of metals are included, the total of these metals is preferably in the above range.
In addition, as a method for reducing metal impurities unintentionally contained in the negative photosensitive resin composition, a negative photosensitive resin composition in which a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the negative photosensitive resin composition. Filter the raw material constituting the conductive resin composition, and line the inside of the apparatus with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like, and perform distillation under the conditions that suppress contamination as much as possible. .

 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、ハロゲン原子の含有量が、配線腐食性の観点から、500質量ppm未満が好ましく、300質量ppm未満がより好ましく、200質量ppm未満がさらに好ましい。中でも、ハロゲンイオンの状態で存在するものは、5質量ppm未満が好ましく、1質量ppm未満がより好ましく、0.5質量ppm未満が特に好ましい。ハロゲン原子としては、塩素原子および臭素原子が挙げられる。塩素原子および臭素原子、または、塩化物イオンおよび臭化物イオンの合計がそれぞれ上記範囲であることが好ましい。 In the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, the halogen atom content is preferably less than 500 ppm by mass, more preferably less than 300 ppm by mass, and even more preferably less than 200 ppm by mass from the viewpoint of wiring corrosion. Especially, what exists in the state of a halogen ion is less than 5 mass ppm, more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and especially less than 0.5 mass ppm. Examples of the halogen atom include a chlorine atom and a bromine atom. The total of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms, or chloride ions and bromide ions is preferably in the above range.

<ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の調製>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、上記各成分を混合して調製することができる。混合方法は特に限定はなく、従来公知の方法で行うことができる。
 また、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物中のゴミや微粒子等の異物を除去する目的で、フィルターを用いたろ過を行うことが好ましい。フィルターの孔径としては、1μm以下が好ましく、0.5μm以下がより好ましく、0.1μm以下がさらに好ましい。フィルターの材質としては、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、ナイロン製のフィルターが好ましい。フィルターは、有機溶剤であらかじめ洗浄したものを用いてもよい。フィルター濾過工程では、複数種類のフィルターを直列または並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種類のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径および/または材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用しても良い。また、各種材料を複数回濾過してもよく、複数回濾過する工程が循環濾過工程であっても良い。また、加圧してろ過を行ってもよく、加圧する圧力は0.05MPa以上0.3MPa以下が好ましい。
 フィルターを用いたろ過の他、吸着材を用いて不純物の除去を行っても良い。また、不純物の除去は、フィルターろ過と吸着材を組み合わせても良い。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を用いることができ、例えば、シリカゲル、ゼオライトなどの無機系吸着材、活性炭などの有機系吸着材を使用することができる。
<Preparation of negative photosensitive resin composition>
The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above components. The mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be performed by a conventionally known method.
Moreover, it is preferable to perform filtration using a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances such as dust and fine particles in the negative photosensitive resin composition. The pore size of the filter is preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.1 μm or less. The filter material is preferably a polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon filter. A filter that has been washed in advance with an organic solvent may be used. In the filter filtration step, a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When a plurality of types of filters are used, filters having different pore diameters and / or materials may be used in combination. Moreover, various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering a plurality of times may be a circulating filtration step. Moreover, you may pressurize and filter and the pressure to pressurize is 0.05 MPa or more and 0.3 MPa or less.
In addition to filtration using a filter, impurities may be removed using an adsorbent. Moreover, you may combine a filter filtration and an adsorbent for the removal of an impurity. As the adsorbent, known adsorbents can be used. For example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be used.

<ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の用途>
 本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は硬化して硬化膜として用いることができる。本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物は、耐熱性および絶縁性に優れる硬化膜を形成できるので、半導体デバイスの絶縁膜、再配線層用層間絶縁膜などに好ましく用いることができる。特に、3次元実装デバイスにおける再配線層用層間絶縁膜などに好ましく用いることができる。
 また、エレクトロニクス用のフォトレジスト(ガルバニック(電解)レジスト(galvanic resist)、エッチングレジスト、ソルダートップレジスト(solder top resist))などに用いることもできる。
 また、オフセット版面またはスクリーン版面などの版面の製造、成形部品のエッチング、エレクトロニクス、特にマイクロエレクトロニクスにおける保護ラッカーおよび誘電層の製造などに用いることもできる。
<Application of negative photosensitive resin composition>
The negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be cured and used as a cured film. Since the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can form a cured film having excellent heat resistance and insulation, it can be preferably used for an insulating film of a semiconductor device, an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer, and the like. In particular, it can be preferably used for an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer in a three-dimensional mounting device.
It can also be used as a photoresist for electronics (galvanic resist, galvanic resist, etching resist, solder top resist).
It can also be used for the production of printing plates such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates, the etching of molded parts, the production of protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, in particular microelectronics.

<硬化膜の製造方法>
 次に、本発明の硬化膜の製造方法について説明する。硬化膜の製造方法は、本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成される限り、特に定めるものではない。本発明の硬化膜の製造方法は、本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を基板に適用する工程と、基板に適用されたネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を硬化する工程とを有することが好ましい。
<Method for producing cured film>
Next, the manufacturing method of the cured film of this invention is demonstrated. The method for producing a cured film is not particularly defined as long as it is formed using the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. The method for producing a cured film of the present invention preferably includes a step of applying the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention to a substrate and a step of curing the negative photosensitive resin composition applied to the substrate. .

<<ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を基板に適用する工程>>
 ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の基板への適用方法としては、スピニング、浸漬、ドクターブレード塗布、懸濁キャスティング(suspended casting)、塗布、噴霧、静電噴霧、リバースロール塗布などが挙げられ、スピニング、静電噴霧およびリバースロール塗布が基板上に均一に適用できるという理由から好ましい。
<< Step of applying negative photosensitive resin composition to substrate >>
Examples of the method for applying the negative photosensitive resin composition to the substrate include spinning, dipping, doctor blade coating, suspension casting, coating, spraying, electrostatic spraying, reverse roll coating, and the like. Electrostatic spraying and reverse roll coating are preferred because they can be applied uniformly on the substrate.

 基板としては、無機基板、樹脂、樹脂複合材料などが挙げられる。
 無機基板としては、例えばガラス基板、石英基板、シリコン基板、シリコンナイトライド基板、および、それらのような基板上にモリブデン、チタン、アルミニウム、銅などを蒸着した複合基板が挙げられる。
 樹脂基板としては、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリブチレンナフタレート、ポリスチレン、ポリカーボネート、ポリスルホン、ポリエーテルスルホン、ポリアリレート、アリルジグリコールカーボネート、ポリアミド、ポリイミド、ポリアミドイミド、ポリエーテルイミド、ポリベンズアゾール、ポリフェニレンスルフィド、ポリシクロオレフィン、ノルボルネン樹脂、ポリクロロトリフルオロエチレン等のフッ素樹脂、液晶ポリマー、アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、シリコーン樹脂、アイオノマー樹脂、シアネート樹脂、架橋フマル酸ジエステル、環状ポリオレフィン、芳香族エーテル、マレイミド-オレフィン、セルロース、エピスルフィド化合物等の合成樹脂からなる基板が挙げられる。これらの基板は、上記の形態のまま用いられる場合は少なく、通常、最終製品の形態によって、例えば薄膜トランジスタ(TFT)素子のような多層積層構造が形成されている。
Examples of the substrate include inorganic substrates, resins, and resin composite materials.
Examples of the inorganic substrate include a glass substrate, a quartz substrate, a silicon substrate, a silicon nitride substrate, and a composite substrate obtained by depositing molybdenum, titanium, aluminum, copper, or the like on such a substrate.
As the resin substrate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene naphthalate, polystyrene, polycarbonate, polysulfone, polyethersulfone, polyarylate, allyl diglycol carbonate, polyamide, polyimide, polyamideimide, polyetherimide, Fluorine resin such as polybenzazole, polyphenylene sulfide, polycycloolefin, norbornene resin, polychlorotrifluoroethylene, liquid crystal polymer, acrylic resin, epoxy resin, silicone resin, ionomer resin, cyanate resin, crosslinked fumaric acid diester, cyclic polyolefin, Groups consisting of synthetic resins such as aromatic ethers, maleimide-olefins, cellulose, episulfide compounds And the like. These substrates are rarely used in the above-described form, and usually have a multilayer structure such as a thin film transistor (TFT) element, depending on the form of the final product.

 ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を適用する量(層の厚さ)および基板の種類(層の担体)は、望まれる用途の分野に依存する。感光性樹脂組成物が広範囲に変化可能な層の厚さで使用できることが特に有利である。層の厚さの範囲は、0.5~100μmが好ましく、本発明の方法では、3~30μm、さらには5~30μmとしたときに、より効果的である。
 ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を基板へ適用した後、乾燥することが好ましい。乾燥は、例えば、60~150℃で、10秒~2分行うことが好ましい。
The amount (layer thickness) and type of substrate (layer carrier) to which the negative photosensitive resin composition is applied depends on the field of application desired. It is particularly advantageous that the photosensitive resin composition can be used in layer thicknesses that can be varied over a wide range. The range of the layer thickness is preferably 0.5 to 100 μm, and in the method of the present invention, it is more effective when the thickness is 3 to 30 μm, further 5 to 30 μm.
It is preferable to dry the negative photosensitive resin composition after applying it to the substrate. The drying is preferably performed at 60 to 150 ° C. for 10 seconds to 2 minutes, for example.

<<加熱する工程>>
 基板に適用したネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を加熱することにより、ポリイミド前駆体の環化反応が進み、耐熱性に優れた硬化膜を形成できる。
 加熱温度は、50~300℃が好ましく、100~250℃がより好ましい。
 本発明によれば、より環化速度が速い異性体を多く含むため、ポリイミド前駆体の環化反応をより低温で行うこともできる。
<< Step of heating >>
By heating the negative photosensitive resin composition applied to the substrate, the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor proceeds and a cured film having excellent heat resistance can be formed.
The heating temperature is preferably 50 to 300 ° C, more preferably 100 to 250 ° C.
According to the present invention, since many isomers with a faster cyclization rate are contained, the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor can be performed at a lower temperature.

 加熱速度、加熱時間、および冷却速度から選ばれる少なくとも1種を調整することが、硬化膜の内部応力低減や反り抑制の観点から好ましい。
 加熱速度としては、20~150℃を加熱開始温度として、3~5℃/分であることが好ましい。
 加熱温度が200~240℃である場合は、加熱時間は、180分以上が好ましい。上限は例えば、240分以下が好ましい。加熱温度が240~300℃である場合は、加熱時間は、90分以上が好ましい。上限は例えば、180分以下が好ましい。加熱温度が300~380である場合は、加熱時間は、60分以上が好ましい。上限は例えば、120分以下が好ましい。
 冷却速度は、1~5℃/分であることが好ましい。
 加熱は段階的に行ってもよい。例として、20℃から150℃まで5℃/分で昇温し、150℃にて30分置き、150℃から230℃まで5℃/分で昇温し、230℃にて180分置く、といった工程が挙げられる。
It is preferable to adjust at least one selected from a heating rate, a heating time, and a cooling rate from the viewpoint of reducing internal stress and suppressing warpage of the cured film.
The heating rate is preferably 3 to 5 ° C./min, with 20 to 150 ° C. being the heating start temperature.
When the heating temperature is 200 to 240 ° C., the heating time is preferably 180 minutes or more. For example, the upper limit is preferably 240 minutes or less. When the heating temperature is 240 to 300 ° C., the heating time is preferably 90 minutes or more. For example, the upper limit is preferably 180 minutes or less. When the heating temperature is 300 to 380, the heating time is preferably 60 minutes or more. For example, the upper limit is preferably 120 minutes or less.
The cooling rate is preferably 1 to 5 ° C./min.
Heating may be performed in stages. For example, the temperature is raised from 20 ° C. to 150 ° C. at 5 ° C./minute, placed at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes, heated from 150 ° C. to 230 ° C. at 5 ° C./minute, and placed at 230 ° C. for 180 minutes A process is mentioned.

 加熱工程は、窒素、ヘリウム、アルゴンなどの不活性ガスを流す等により、低酸素濃度の雰囲気で行うことが、ポリイミドなどのポリイミド前駆体の分解を防ぐ点で好ましい。酸素濃度は、50体積ppm以下が好ましく、20体積ppm以下がより好ましい。 The heating step is preferably performed in an atmosphere having a low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon from the viewpoint of preventing decomposition of a polyimide precursor such as polyimide. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm by volume or less, and more preferably 20 ppm by volume or less.

 本発明では、上記ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を基板に適用する工程と、上記加熱する工程との間に、パターン形成工程を行ってもよい。パターン形成工程は、例えば、フォトリソグラフィ法により行うことができる。例えば、露光する工程と現像処理を行う工程を経て行う方法が挙げられる。
 フォトリソグラフィ法でのパターン形成は、ポリイミド前駆体と、ラジカル重合開始剤とを含む感光性樹脂組成物を用いて行うことが好ましい。
 以下、フォトリソグラフィ法によりパターン形成する場合について説明する。
In this invention, you may perform a pattern formation process between the process of applying the said negative photosensitive resin composition to a board | substrate, and the said process of heating. The pattern forming step can be performed by, for example, a photolithography method. For example, the method of performing through the process of exposing and the process of developing is mentioned.
The pattern formation by the photolithography method is preferably performed using a photosensitive resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and a radical polymerization initiator.
Hereinafter, a case where a pattern is formed by photolithography will be described.

<<露光する工程>>
 露光する工程では、基板に適用されたネガ型感光性樹脂組成物に対して、所定のパターンの活性光線または放射線を照射する。
 活性光線または放射線の波長は、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の組成により異なるが、200~600nmが好ましく、300~450nmがより好ましい。
 光源としては、低圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、超高圧水銀灯、ケミカルランプ、LED光源、エキシマレーザー発生装置などを用いることができ、i線(365nm)、h線(405nm)、g線(436nm)などの300nm以上450nm以下の波長を有する活性光線が好ましく使用できる。また、必要に応じて長波長カットフィルター、短波長カットフィルター、バンドパスフィルターのような分光フィルターを通して照射光を調整することもできる。露光量は好ましくは1~1000mJ/cmであり、より好ましくは、200~800mJ/cmである。このように広い範囲で、高い現像性で現像することができる点で本発明の価値は高い。
 露光装置としては、ミラープロジェクションアライナー、ステッパー、スキャナー、プロキシミティ、コンタクト、マイクロレンズアレイ、レンズスキャナ、レーザー露光など、各種方式の露光機を用いることができる。
 なお、(メタ)アクリレートおよび類似のオレフィン不飽和化合物を使用する場合、それらの光重合は、公知のとおり、特に薄層中では空気中の酸素により防止される。この効果は、例えばポリビニルアルコールの一時的な被膜層導入や、不活性ガス中での前露光または前調整などの公知の従来法により緩和できる。
<< Exposure Step >>
In the exposure step, the negative photosensitive resin composition applied to the substrate is irradiated with a predetermined pattern of actinic rays or radiation.
The wavelength of the actinic ray or radiation varies depending on the composition of the negative photosensitive resin composition, but is preferably 200 to 600 nm, and more preferably 300 to 450 nm.
As a light source, a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, a chemical lamp, an LED light source, an excimer laser generator, or the like can be used. Actinic rays having a wavelength of 300 nm to 450 nm can be preferably used. Moreover, irradiation light can also be adjusted through spectral filters, such as a long wavelength cut filter, a short wavelength cut filter, and a band pass filter, as needed. The exposure dose is preferably 1 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 , more preferably 200 to 800 mJ / cm 2 . The value of the present invention is high in that it can be developed with high developability in such a wide range.
As the exposure apparatus, various types of exposure machines such as a mirror projection aligner, a stepper, a scanner, a proximity, a contact, a microlens array, a lens scanner, and a laser exposure can be used.
When (meth) acrylate and similar olefinically unsaturated compounds are used, their photopolymerization is prevented by oxygen in the air, as is well known, particularly in thin layers. This effect can be mitigated by known conventional methods such as temporary introduction of a coating layer of polyvinyl alcohol, pre-exposure or pre-conditioning in an inert gas.

<<現像処理を行う工程>>
 現像処理を行う工程では、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物の未露光の部分を、現像液を用いて現像する。現像液としては、水性アルカリ現像液、有機溶剤などを用いることができる。
 水性アルカリ現像液に使用するアルカリ化合物としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸水素カリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、ケイ酸カリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸カリウム、アンモニアまたはアミンなどが挙げられる。アミンとしては、例えば、エチルアミン、n-プロピルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジ-n-プロピルアミン、トリエチルアミン、メチルジエチルアミン、アルカノールアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、四級アンモニウム水酸化物、水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム(TMAH)または水酸化テトラエチルアンモニウムなどが挙げられる。なかでも金属を含まないアルカリ化合物が好ましい。好適な水性アルカリ現像液は、一般的にアルカリに関して0.5規定までであるが、使用前に適当に希釈してもよい。例えば、約0.15~0.4規定、好ましくは0.20~0.35規定の水性アルカリ現像液も適切である。アルカリ化合物は1種のみでもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。アルカリ化合物を2種以上使用する場合は、その合計が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
 有機溶剤としては、上述したネガ型感光性樹脂組成物に用いることができる溶剤と同様のものを用いることができる。例えば、酢酸-n-ブチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、シクロペンタノン、およびこれらの混合したものが好適に挙げられる。
 さらに、現像処理を行う工程後に、現像されたネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を50~500℃の温度で加熱する工程を含むことも好ましい。このような工程を経ることにより、耐熱性や基板との接着性が向上するというメリットがある。
<< Process for performing development process >>
In the step of developing, the unexposed portion of the negative photosensitive resin composition is developed using a developer. As the developer, an aqueous alkaline developer, an organic solvent, or the like can be used.
Examples of the alkali compound used in the aqueous alkaline developer include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and metasilicic acid. Examples include potassium, ammonia, and amine. Examples of amines include ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-propylamine, triethylamine, methyldiethylamine, alkanolamine, dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, quaternary ammonium hydroxide, tetramethylammonium hydroxide. (TMAH) or tetraethylammonium hydroxide. Of these, alkali compounds containing no metal are preferred. Suitable aqueous alkaline developers are generally up to 0.5 N with respect to alkali, but may be diluted appropriately prior to use. For example, an aqueous alkaline developer having a concentration of about 0.15 to 0.4 N, preferably 0.20 to 0.35 N is also suitable. Only one alkali compound may be used, or two or more alkali compounds may be used. When using 2 or more types of alkali compounds, it is preferable that the sum total is the said range.
As an organic solvent, the thing similar to the solvent which can be used for the negative photosensitive resin composition mentioned above can be used. For example, preferred are n-butyl acetate, γ-butyrolactone, cyclopentanone, and a mixture thereof.
Further, it is preferable to include a step of heating the developed negative photosensitive resin composition at a temperature of 50 to 500 ° C. after the step of performing the development treatment. By passing through such a process, there exists a merit that heat resistance and adhesiveness with a board | substrate improve.

 本発明の硬化膜の製造方法が適用可能な分野としては、半導体デバイスの絶縁膜、再配線層用層間絶縁膜などに好ましく用いることができる。特に、解像性が良好であるため、3次元実装デバイスにおける再配線層用層間絶縁膜などに好ましく用いることができる。
 また、エレクトロニクス用のフォトレジスト(ガルバニック(電解)レジスト(galvanic resist)、エッチングレジスト、ソルダートップレジスト(solder top resist))などに用いることもできる。
 また。オフセット版面またはスクリーン版面などの版面の製造、成形部品のエッチング、エレクトロニクス、特にマイクロエレクトロニクスにおける保護ラッカーおよび誘電層の製造などに用いることもできる。
As a field to which the method for producing a cured film of the present invention is applicable, it can be preferably used for an insulating film of a semiconductor device, an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer, and the like. Particularly, since the resolution is good, it can be preferably used for an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer in a three-dimensional mounting device.
It can also be used as a photoresist for electronics (galvanic resist, galvanic resist, etching resist, solder top resist).
Also. It can also be used for the production of printing plates such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates, etching of molded parts, the production of protective lacquers and dielectric layers in electronics, in particular microelectronics.

<半導体デバイス>
 次に、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を再配線層用層間絶縁膜に用いた半導体デバイスの一実施形態について説明する。
 図1に示す半導体デバイス100は、いわゆる3次元実装デバイスであり、複数の半導体素子(半導体チップ)101a~101dが積層した積層体101が、配線基板120に配置されている。
 なお、この実施形態では、半導体素子(半導体チップ)の積層数が4層である場合を中心に説明するが、半導体素子(半導体チップ)の積層数は特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、2層、8層、16層、32層等であってもよい。また、1層であってもよい。
<Semiconductor devices>
Next, an embodiment of a semiconductor device using the negative photosensitive resin composition as an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer will be described.
A semiconductor device 100 shown in FIG. 1 is a so-called three-dimensional mounting device, and a stacked body 101 in which a plurality of semiconductor elements (semiconductor chips) 101 a to 101 d are stacked is arranged on a wiring board 120.
In this embodiment, the case where the number of stacked semiconductor elements (semiconductor chips) is four will be mainly described. However, the number of stacked semiconductor elements (semiconductor chips) is not particularly limited. It may be a layer, 8 layers, 16 layers, 32 layers, or the like. Moreover, one layer may be sufficient.

 複数の半導体素子101a~101dは、いずれもシリコン基板等の半導体ウエハからなる。
 最上段の半導体素子101aは、貫通電極を有さず、その一方の面に電極パッド(図示せず)が形成されている。
 半導体素子101b~101dは、貫通電極102b~102dを有し、各半導体素子の両面には、貫通電極に一体に設けられた接続パッド(図示せず)が設けられている。
Each of the plurality of semiconductor elements 101a to 101d is made of a semiconductor wafer such as a silicon substrate.
The uppermost semiconductor element 101a does not have a through electrode, and an electrode pad (not shown) is formed on one surface thereof.
The semiconductor elements 101b to 101d have through electrodes 102b to 102d, and connection pads (not shown) provided integrally with the through electrodes are provided on both surfaces of each semiconductor element.

 積層体101は、貫通電極を有さない半導体素子101aと、貫通電極102b~102dを有する半導体素子101b~101dとをフリップチップ接続した構造を有している。
 すなわち、貫通電極を有さない半導体素子101aの電極パッドと、これに隣接する貫通電極102bを有する半導体素子101bの半導体素子101a側の接続パッドが、半田バンプ等の金属バンプ103aで接続され、貫通電極102bを有する半導体素子101bの他側の接続パッドが、それに隣接する貫通電極102cを有する半導体素子101cの半導体素子101b側の接続パッドと、半田バンプ等の金属バンプ103bで接続されている。同様に、貫通電極102cを有する半導体素子101cの他側の接続パッドが、それに隣接する貫通電極102dを有する半導体素子101dの半導体素子101c側の接続パッドと、半田バンプ等の金属バンプ103cで接続されている。
The stacked body 101 has a structure in which a semiconductor element 101a having no through electrode and semiconductor elements 101b to 101d having through electrodes 102b to 102d are flip-chip connected.
That is, the electrode pad of the semiconductor element 101a having no through electrode and the connection pad on the semiconductor element 101a side of the semiconductor element 101b having the adjacent through electrode 102b are connected by the metal bump 103a such as a solder bump, The connection pad on the other side of the semiconductor element 101b having the electrode 102b is connected to the connection pad on the semiconductor element 101b side of the semiconductor element 101c having the penetrating electrode 102c adjacent thereto by a metal bump 103b such as a solder bump. Similarly, the connection pad on the other side of the semiconductor element 101c having the through electrode 102c is connected to the connection pad on the semiconductor element 101c side of the semiconductor element 101d having the adjacent through electrode 102d by the metal bump 103c such as a solder bump. ing.

 各半導体素子101a~101dの間隙には、アンダーフィル層110が形成されており、各半導体素子101a~101dは、アンダーフィル層110を介して積層している。 An underfill layer 110 is formed in the gaps between the semiconductor elements 101a to 101d, and the semiconductor elements 101a to 101d are stacked via the underfill layer 110.

 積層体101は、配線基板120に積層されている。
 配線基板120としては、例えば樹脂基板、セラミックス基板、ガラス基板等の絶縁基板を基材として用いた多層配線基板が使用される。樹脂基板を適用した配線基板120としては、多層銅張積層板(多層プリント配線板)等が挙げられる。
The stacked body 101 is stacked on the wiring board 120.
As the wiring substrate 120, for example, a multilayer wiring substrate using an insulating substrate such as a resin substrate, a ceramic substrate, or a glass substrate as a base material is used. Examples of the wiring board 120 to which the resin board is applied include a multilayer copper-clad laminate (multilayer printed wiring board).

 配線基板120の一方の面には、表面電極120aが設けられている。
 配線基板120と積層体101との間には、再配線層105が形成された絶縁層115が配置されており、配線基板120と積層体101とは、再配線層105を介して電気的に接続されている。絶縁層115は、本発明のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を用いて形成してなるものである。
 すなわち、再配線層105の一端は、半田バンプ等の金属バンプ103dを介して、半導体素子101dの再配線層105側の面に形成された電極パッドに接続されている。また、再配線層105の他端は、配線基板の表面電極120aと、半田バンプ等の金属バンプ103eを介して接続している。
 そして、絶縁層115と積層体101との間には、アンダーフィル層110aが形成されている。また、絶縁層115と配線基板120との間には、アンダーフィル層110bが形成されている。
A surface electrode 120 a is provided on one surface of the wiring board 120.
An insulating layer 115 in which a rewiring layer 105 is formed is disposed between the wiring substrate 120 and the stacked body 101, and the wiring substrate 120 and the stacked body 101 are electrically connected via the rewiring layer 105. It is connected. The insulating layer 115 is formed by using the negative photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
That is, one end of the rewiring layer 105 is connected to an electrode pad formed on the surface of the semiconductor element 101d on the rewiring layer 105 side through a metal bump 103d such as a solder bump. The other end of the rewiring layer 105 is connected to the surface electrode 120a of the wiring board via a metal bump 103e such as a solder bump.
An underfill layer 110 a is formed between the insulating layer 115 and the stacked body 101. In addition, an underfill layer 110 b is formed between the insulating layer 115 and the wiring substrate 120.

 以下、本発明を実施例によりさらに具体的に説明するが、本発明はその趣旨を超えない限り以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。なお、特に断りのない限り、「%」および「部」は質量基準である。NMRは、核磁気共鳴の略称である。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples as long as the gist thereof is not exceeded. Unless otherwise specified, “%” and “parts” are based on mass. NMR is an abbreviation for nuclear magnetic resonance.

(合成例1)
[ピロメリト酸二無水物、4,4’-オキシジアニリンおよびベンジルアルコールからのポリイミド前駆体(A-1:ラジカル重合性基を有さないポリイミド前駆体)の合成]
 14.06g(64.5ミリモル)のピロメリト酸二無水物(140℃で12時間乾燥)と、14.22g(131.58ミリモル)のベンジルアルコールとを、50mlのN-メチルピロリドンに懸濁させ、モレキュラーシーブで乾燥させた。懸濁液を100℃で3時間加熱した。加熱開始してから数分後に透明な溶液が得られた。反応混合物を室温に冷却し、21.43g(270.9ミリモル)のピリジンおよび90mlのN-メチルピロリドンを加えた。次いで、反応混合物を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±4℃に保ちながら16.12g(135.5ミリモル)のSOClを10分かけて加えた。SOClを加えている間、粘度が増加した。50mlのN-メチルピロリドンで希釈した後、反応混合物を室温で2時間撹拌した。次いで、100mlのN-メチルピロリドンに11.08g(58.7ミリモル)の4,4’-オキシジアニリンを溶解させた溶液を、20~23℃で20分かけて反応混合物に滴下した。次いで、反応混合物を室温で1晩撹拌した。次いで、5リットルの水の中でポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体混合物を5000rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。ポリイミド前駆体を濾取し、再度4リットルの水に投入してさらに30分間撹拌し再び濾過した。次いで、得られたポリイミド前駆体を減圧下で、45℃で3日間乾燥し、下記式で表される構造を含むポリイミド前駆体(A-1)を得た。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
(Synthesis Example 1)
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor (A-1: polyimide precursor having no radically polymerizable group) from pyromellitic dianhydride, 4,4′-oxydianiline and benzyl alcohol]
14.06 g (64.5 mmol) pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140 ° C. for 12 hours) and 14.22 g (131.58 mmol) benzyl alcohol were suspended in 50 ml N-methylpyrrolidone. And dried with molecular sieves. The suspension was heated at 100 ° C. for 3 hours. A clear solution was obtained several minutes after the start of heating. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and 21.43 g (270.9 mmol) pyridine and 90 ml N-methylpyrrolidone were added. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −10 ° C. and 16.12 g (135.5 mmol) of SOCl 2 was added over 10 minutes while maintaining the temperature at −10 ± 4 ° C. During the addition of SOCl 2 the viscosity increased. After dilution with 50 ml N-methylpyrrolidone, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, a solution of 11.08 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4′-oxydianiline dissolved in 100 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone was added dropwise to the reaction mixture at 20-23 ° C. over 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was then stirred overnight at room temperature. The polyimide precursor was then precipitated in 5 liters of water and the water-polyimide precursor mixture was stirred for 15 minutes at a speed of 5000 rpm. The polyimide precursor was collected by filtration, poured into 4 liters of water again, stirred for another 30 minutes, and filtered again. Next, the obtained polyimide precursor was dried at 45 ° C. under reduced pressure for 3 days to obtain a polyimide precursor (A-1) having a structure represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048

(合成例2)
[ピロメリト酸二無水物、4,4’-オキシジアニリンおよび2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとからのポリイミド前駆体(A-2:ラジカル重合性基を有するポリイミド前駆体)の合成]
 14.06g(64.5ミリモル)のピロメリト酸二無水物(140℃で12時間乾燥した)と、18.6g(129ミリモル)の2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、0.05gのハイドロキノンと、10.7gのピリジンと、140gのダイグライム(ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル)とを混合し、60℃の温度で18時間撹拌して、ピロメリト酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとのジエステルを製造した。次いで、得られたジエステルをSOClにより塩素化した後、合成例1と同様の方法で4,4’-オキシジアニリンでポリイミド前駆体に変換し、合成例1と同様の方法で、下記式で表される構造を含むポリイミド前駆体(A-2)を得た。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
(Synthesis Example 2)
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor (A-2: polyimide precursor having a radical polymerizable group) from pyromellitic dianhydride, 4,4′-oxydianiline and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate]
14.06 g (64.5 mmol) pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140 ° C. for 12 hours), 18.6 g (129 mmol) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g hydroquinone, 7 g of pyridine and 140 g of diglyme (diethylene glycol dimethyl ether) were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 18 hours to produce a diester of pyromellitic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Next, the obtained diester was chlorinated with SOCl 2 and then converted into a polyimide precursor with 4,4′-oxydianiline in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, and in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, the following formula A polyimide precursor (A-2) having a structure represented by the formula:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049

(合成例3)
[4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、4,4’-オキシジアニリンおよび2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとからのポリイミド前駆体(A-3:ラジカル重合性基を有するポリイミド前駆体)の合成]
 20.0g(64.5ミリモル)の4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物(140℃で12時間乾燥した)と、18.6g(129ミリモル)の2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートと、0.05gのハイドロキノンと、10.7gのピリジンと、140gのダイグライムとを混合し、60℃の温度で18時間撹拌して、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸と2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートとのジエステルを製造した。次いで、得られたジエステルをSOClにより塩素化した後、合成例1と同様の方法で4,4’-オキシジアニリンでポリイミド前駆体に変換し、合成例1と同様の方法で、下記式で表される構造を含むポリイミド前駆体(A-3)を得た。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
(Synthesis Example 3)
[Synthesis of polyimide precursor (A-3: polyimide precursor having radical polymerizable group) from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 4,4′-oxydianiline and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate]
20.0 g (64.5 mmol) 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride (dried at 140 ° C. for 12 hours), 18.6 g (129 mmol) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g hydroquinone 10.7 g of pyridine and 140 g of diglyme were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 60 ° C. for 18 hours to produce a diester of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Next, the obtained diester was chlorinated with SOCl 2 and then converted into a polyimide precursor with 4,4′-oxydianiline in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, and in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, the following formula A polyimide precursor (A-3) having a structure represented by the formula:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050

(合成例4) [4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物、および4,4’-オキシジアニリンとからのポリイミド前駆体(A-4:カルボキシル基を有するポリイミド前駆体)の合成]
 20.0g(64.5ミリモル)の4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物(140℃で12時間乾燥した)を180mlのNMP(N-メチル-2-ピロリドン)に溶解させて、さらに21.43g(270.9ミリモル)のピリジンを加えて、反応液を-10℃に冷却し、温度を-10±4℃に保ちながら、11.08g(58.7ミリモル)の4,4’-オキシジアニリンをNMP100mlに溶解させた溶解液を30分かけて滴下し、次いで反応混合液を室温で1晩撹拌した。次いで、5リットルの水に投入してポリイミド前駆体を沈殿させ、水-ポリイミド前駆体混合物を5000rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。ポリイミド前駆体を濾取し、再度4リットルの水に投入してさらに30分間撹拌し、再び濾取した。次いで、得られたポリイミド前駆体を減圧下、45℃で3日間乾燥して、下記式で表される構造を含むポリイミド前駆体(A-4)を得た。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Synthesis Example 4 [Synthesis of polyimide precursor (A-4: polyimide precursor having a carboxyl group) from 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride and 4,4′-oxydianiline]
20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride (dried at 140 ° C. for 12 hours) was dissolved in 180 ml of NMP (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone), and an additional 21.43 g (270.9 mmol) of pyridine was added and the reaction was cooled to −10 ° C. and 11.08 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4′-oxydithiol while maintaining the temperature at −10 ± 4 ° C. A solution obtained by dissolving aniline in 100 ml of NMP was added dropwise over 30 minutes, and then the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Then, it was poured into 5 liters of water to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the water-polyimide precursor mixture was stirred at a speed of 5000 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor was collected by filtration, poured into 4 liters of water again, stirred for another 30 minutes, and collected again by filtration. Next, the obtained polyimide precursor was dried at 45 ° C. under reduced pressure for 3 days to obtain a polyimide precursor (A-4) having a structure represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051

(合成例5)[比較例用ポリマー(RA-1)の合成]
 27.0g(153.2ミリモル)のベンジルメタクリレート、20g(157.3ミリモル)のN-イソプロピルメタクリルアミド、39g(309.2ミリモル)のメタクリル酸アリル、13g(151.0ミリモル)のメタクリル酸、重合開始剤(V-601、和光純薬工業製)3.55g(15.4ミリモル)、および3-メトキシ-2-プロパノール300gを混合した。混合液を、窒素雰囲気下、75℃に加熱した3-メトキシ-2-プロパノール300gの中に、2時間掛けて滴下した。滴下終了後、さらに窒素雰囲気下、75℃で2時間撹拌した。反応終了後、5リットルの水に投入してポリマーを沈殿させて、5000rpmの速度で15分間撹拌した。アクリル樹脂を濾取し、再度4リットルの水に投入してさらに30分間撹拌し、再び濾取した。次いで、得られたアクリル樹脂を減圧下、45℃で3日間乾燥して、下記式で表される比較用ポリマー(RA-1)を得た。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
(Synthesis Example 5) [Synthesis of Polymer for Comparative Example (RA-1)]
27.0 g (153.2 mmol) benzyl methacrylate, 20 g (157.3 mmol) N-isopropylmethacrylamide, 39 g (309.2 mmol) allyl methacrylate, 13 g (151.0 mmol) methacrylic acid, A polymerization initiator (V-601, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) (3.55 g, 15.4 mmol) and 3-methoxy-2-propanol (300 g) were mixed. The mixed solution was dropped into 300 g of 3-methoxy-2-propanol heated to 75 ° C. in a nitrogen atmosphere over 2 hours. After completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further stirred at 75 ° C. for 2 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. After completion of the reaction, the polymer was precipitated by pouring into 5 liters of water and stirred for 15 minutes at a speed of 5000 rpm. The acrylic resin was collected by filtration, poured into 4 liters of water again, stirred for another 30 minutes, and collected again by filtration. Next, the obtained acrylic resin was dried at 45 ° C. under reduced pressure for 3 days to obtain a comparative polymer (RA-1) represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052

<実施例および比較例>
 下記記載の成分を混合し、均一な溶液として、感光性樹脂組成物の塗布液を調製した。
<<感光性樹脂組成物の組成>>
 ポリイミド前駆体:表6記載の質量部
 ラジカル重合開始剤:表6記載の質量部
 第1の重合禁止剤:表6記載の質量部
 第2の重合禁止剤:表6記載の質量部
 ラジカル重合性化合物:表6記載の質量部
 熱塩基発生剤:表6記載の質量部
(その他の成分)
γ-ブチロラクトン:60.00質量部
<Examples and Comparative Examples>
The following components were mixed to prepare a photosensitive resin composition coating solution as a uniform solution.
<< Composition of photosensitive resin composition >>
Polyimide precursor: parts by mass listed in Table 6 Radical polymerization initiator: parts by mass listed in Table 6 First polymerization inhibitor: parts by weight listed in Table 6 Second polymerization inhibitor: parts by weight listed in Table 6 Radical polymerization Compound: parts by mass listed in Table 6 Thermal base generator: parts by mass listed in Table 6 (other components)
γ-butyrolactone: 60.00 parts by mass

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000053

 表6に記載した略称は以下の通りである。
(A)ポリイミド前駆体または比較用樹脂
A-1~A-4およびRA-1:合成例1~5で合成した樹脂
Abbreviations described in Table 6 are as follows.
(A) Polyimide precursor or comparative resins A-1 to A-4 and RA-1: Resins synthesized in Synthesis Examples 1 to 5

(B)光ラジカル重合開始剤
B-1:Irgacure OXE-01(BASF社製)
B-2:Irgacure369(BASF製)
B-3:Irgacure784(BASF製)
(B) Photoradical polymerization initiator B-1: Irgacure OXE-01 (manufactured by BASF)
B-2: Irgacure 369 (BASF)
B-3: Irgacure 784 (BASF)

(C)第1の重合禁止剤
C-1:4-メトキシフェノール(東京化成工業製)
C-2:2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール(東京化成工業製)
C-3:ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート](BASF社製、Irganox1010)
C-4:チオジエチレンビス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート](BASF社製、Irganox1035)
C-5:オクタデシル-3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート(BASF社製、Irganox1076)
C-6:N,N’-ヘキサン-1,6-ジイルビス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオンアミド](BASF社製、Irganox1098)
C-7:3,3’,3”,5,5’,5”-ヘキサ-tert-ブチル-a,a’,a”-(メシチレン-2,4,6-トリイル)トリ-p-クレゾール(BASF社製、Irganox1330)
C-8:エチレンビス(オキシエチレン)ビス[3-(5-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-m-トリル)プロピオネート](BASF社製、Irganox245)
C-9:ヘキサメチレンビス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート(BASF社製、Irganox259)
C-10:1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H, 3H, 5H)-トリオン(BASF社製、Irganox3114)
C-11:カテコール(東京化成工業製)
C-12:tert-ブチル-カテコール(東京化成工業製)
(C) First polymerization inhibitor C-1: 4-methoxyphenol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
C-2: 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
C-3: Pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (manufactured by BASF, Irganox 1010)
C-4: Thiodiethylenebis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (manufactured by BASF, Irganox 1035)
C-5: Octadecyl-3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate (manufactured by BASF, Irganox 1076)
C-6: N, N′-hexane-1,6-diylbis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionamide] (manufactured by BASF, Irganox 1098)
C-7: 3,3 ′, 3 ″, 5,5 ′, 5 ″ -hexa-tert-butyl-a, a ′, a ″-(mesitylene-2,4,6-triyl) tri-p-cresol (BASF, Irganox 1330)
C-8: Ethylenebis (oxyethylene) bis [3- (5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-m-tolyl) propionate] (Irganox 245, manufactured by BASF)
C-9: Hexamethylenebis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate (manufactured by BASF, Irganox 259)
C-10: 1,3,5-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione (BASF, Irganox 3114)
C-11: Catechol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
C-12: tert-butyl-catechol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)

(D)第2の重合禁止剤
D-1:2,4,6-Tris-t-ブチル-ニトロソベンゼン(東京化成工業製)
D-2:フェニル-t-ブチルニトロン(東京化成工業製)
D-3:3,3,5,5-テトラメチル-1-ピロリン-N-オキシド(東京化成工業製)D-4:p-ベンゾキノン(東京化成工業製)
D-5:p-トルキノン(東京化成工業製)
D-6:2-tert-ブチル-p-ベンゾキノン(東京化成工業製)
D-7:2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン 1-オキシル(東京化成工業製)D-8:4-ヒドロキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン 1-オキシル(東京化成工業製)
D-9:4-メタクリロイルオキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン 1-オキシル(東京化成工業製)
D-10:N-ニトロソジフェニルアミン(東京化成工業製)
D-11:フェノチアジン(東京化成工業製)
(D) Second polymerization inhibitor D-1: 2,4,6-Tris-t-butyl-nitrosobenzene (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
D-2: Phenyl-t-butylnitrone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
D-3: 3,3,5,5-tetramethyl-1-pyrroline-N-oxide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry) D-4: p-benzoquinone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
D-5: p-Toluquinone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
D-6: 2-tert-butyl-p-benzoquinone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
D-7: 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry) D-8: 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl (Tokyo Chemical Industry) Made)
D-9: 4-Methacryloyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
D-10: N-nitrosodiphenylamine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)
D-11: Phenothiazine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)

(E)ラジカル重合性化合物
E-1:NKエステル M-40G (新中村化学工業(株)製 単官能メタクリレート 下記構造)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
E-2:NKエステル 4G (新中村化学工業(株)製 2官能メタリレート 下記構造)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
E-3: NKエステル A-9300 (新中村化学工業(株)製 3官能アクリレート 下記構造)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
(E) Radical polymerizable compound E-1: NK ester M-40G (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., monofunctional methacrylate, following structure)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
E-2: NK ester 4G (Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., bifunctional metallate, following structure)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
E-3: NK Ester A-9300 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., trifunctional acrylate following structure)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057

比較例用ポリマー(RA-2):ポリメタクリル酸メチル(Mw:15,000、Aldrich製) Polymer for Comparative Example (RA-2): Polymethyl methacrylate (Mw: 15,000, manufactured by Aldrich)

 各ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を、細孔の幅が0.8μmのフィルターを通して加圧濾過した後、シリコンウエハ上にスピニングして適用した。ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を適用したシリコンウエハをホットプレート上で100℃で5分間乾燥し、シリコンウエハ上に表6記載の厚さの均一なポリマー層を形成した。 Each negative photosensitive resin composition was subjected to pressure filtration through a filter having a pore width of 0.8 μm, and then applied to a silicon wafer by spinning. The silicon wafer to which the negative photosensitive resin composition was applied was dried on a hot plate at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes to form a uniform polymer layer having a thickness described in Table 6 on the silicon wafer.

<評価>
[露光ラチチュード]
 シリコンウエハ上の感光性樹脂組成物層を、ステッパー(Nikon NSR2005 i9C)を用いて露光した。露光はi線で行い、波長365nmにおいて、200、300、400、500、600、700、800mJ/cmの各露光エネルギーで、5μm~25μmまで1μm刻みのラインアンドスペースのフォトマスクを使用して、露光を行った。
<Evaluation>
[Exposure latitude]
The photosensitive resin composition layer on the silicon wafer was exposed using a stepper (Nikon NSR2005 i9C). The exposure is performed with i-line, and at a wavelength of 365 nm, using a line and space photomask in increments of 1 μm from 5 μm to 25 μm with each exposure energy of 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800 mJ / cm 2. , Exposure was performed.

 露光した感光性樹脂組成物層を、シクロペンタノンで60秒間現像した。良好なエッジの鋭さを持つことができた線幅を以下の基準で評価した。感光性樹脂組成物層の線幅が小さければ小さいほど光照射部と光非照射部との現像液に対する溶解性の差が大きくなっていることを表し、好ましい結果となる。また、露光エネルギーの変化に対して、線幅の変化が小さければ、露光ラチチュードが広いことを表し、好ましい結果となる。測定限界は5μmである。結果を表7に示す。
A:5μm以上8μm以下
B:8μmを超えて10μm以下
C:10μmを超えて15μm以下
D:15μmを超えて20μm以下
E:20μmを超えた。
The exposed photosensitive resin composition layer was developed with cyclopentanone for 60 seconds. The line width that was able to have good edge sharpness was evaluated according to the following criteria. The smaller the line width of the photosensitive resin composition layer, the greater the difference in solubility in the developer between the light-irradiated part and the light non-irradiated part, which is a preferable result. Further, if the change in the line width is small with respect to the change in exposure energy, it indicates that the exposure latitude is wide, which is a preferable result. The measurement limit is 5 μm. The results are shown in Table 7.
A: 5 μm to 8 μm B: Over 8 μm to 10 μm or less C: Over 10 μm to 15 μm or less D: Over 15 μm to 20 μm or less E: Over 20 μm.

[耐熱性]
 露光した感光性樹脂組成物層を、窒素雰囲気下、300℃で3時間加熱した後に、露光した感光性樹脂組成物層を掻きとり、窒素中、昇温速度10℃/分の条件で熱質量分析測定を行い、熱分解温度を測定し、以下の基準で評価した。結果を表7に示す。
A:5%質量減少温度が300℃以上
B:5%質量減少温度が300℃未満
[Heat-resistant]
The exposed photosensitive resin composition layer is heated at 300 ° C. for 3 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere, and then the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer is scraped off, and a thermal mass is obtained in nitrogen at a temperature rising rate of 10 ° C./min. Analytical measurement was performed, the thermal decomposition temperature was measured, and evaluated according to the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 7.
A: 5% mass reduction temperature is 300 ° C. or more B: 5% mass reduction temperature is less than 300 ° C.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058

 上記表7における、露光ラチチュードの数値は露光エネルギー(単位:mJ/cm)を示す。
 比較例4は、シクロペンタノンでの現像処理で全ての成分が溶解してしまったため、測定不能であった。
The numerical value of exposure latitude in Table 7 above indicates exposure energy (unit: mJ / cm 2 ).
In Comparative Example 4, measurement was impossible because all components were dissolved in the development with cyclopentanone.

<実施例100>
 実施例1のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を、細孔の幅が0.8μmのフィルターを通して加圧濾過した後、銅薄層が形成された樹脂基板にスピニング(3500rpm、30秒)して適用した。樹脂基板に適用したネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を、100℃で5分間乾燥した後、アライナー(Karl-Suss MA150)を用いて露光した。露光は高圧水銀ランプで行い、波長365nmでの露光エネルギーを測定した。露光の後、シクロペンタノンで75秒間画像を現像した。
 次いで、180℃で20分加熱した。このようにして、再配線層用層間絶縁膜を形成した。
 この再配線層用層間絶縁膜は、絶縁性に優れていた。
 また、この再配線層用層間絶縁膜を使用して半導体デバイスを製造したところ、問題なく動作することを確認した。
<Example 100>
The negative photosensitive resin composition of Example 1 was subjected to pressure filtration through a filter having a pore width of 0.8 μm and then applied to a resin substrate on which a thin copper layer was formed by spinning (3500 rpm, 30 seconds). did. The negative photosensitive resin composition applied to the resin substrate was dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes and then exposed using an aligner (Karl-Suss MA150). Exposure was performed with a high-pressure mercury lamp, and exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm was measured. After exposure, the image was developed with cyclopentanone for 75 seconds.
Subsequently, it heated at 180 degreeC for 20 minutes. In this way, an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer was formed.
This interlayer insulation film for rewiring layers was excellent in insulation.
Moreover, when a semiconductor device was manufactured using this interlayer insulating film for rewiring layer, it was confirmed that it operated without any problem.

100:半導体デバイス
101a~101d:半導体素子
101:積層体
102b~102d:貫通電極
103a~103e:金属バンプ
105:再配線層
110、110a、110b:アンダーフィル層
115:絶縁層
120:配線基板
120a:表面電極
100: Semiconductor devices 101a to 101d: Semiconductor elements 101: Stacked bodies 102b to 102d: Through electrodes 103a to 103e: Metal bumps 105: Rewiring layers 110, 110a, 110b: Underfill layers 115: Insulating layers 120: Wiring substrates 120a: Surface electrode

Claims (19)

ポリイミド前駆体;ラジカル重合開始剤;芳香族性水酸基を有する化合物から選択される少なくとも1種の第1の重合禁止剤;並びに、ニトロソ化合物、N-オキシド化合物、キノン化合物、N-オキシル化合物およびフェノチアジン化合物から選択される少なくとも1種の第2の重合禁止剤を含む、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。 Polyimide precursor; radical polymerization initiator; at least one first polymerization inhibitor selected from compounds having an aromatic hydroxyl group; and nitroso compounds, N-oxide compounds, quinone compounds, N-oxyl compounds, and phenothiazines A negative photosensitive resin composition comprising at least one second polymerization inhibitor selected from compounds. 前記ポリイミド前駆体が、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を含む、請求項1に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物;
一般式(1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
一般式(1)中、AおよびAは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子または-NH-を表し、R11は、2価の有機基を表し、R12は、4価の有機基を表し、R13およびR14は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または1価の有機基を表す。
The negative photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the polyimide precursor includes a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1);
General formula (1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
In general formula (1), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or —NH—, R 11 represents a divalent organic group, and R 12 represents a tetravalent organic group. , R 13 and R 14 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
前記一般式(1)中、R13およびR14の少なくとも一方が、ラジカル重合性基を含む、請求項2に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。 In the general formula (1), at least one of R 13 and R 14 comprises a radical polymerizable group, the negative photosensitive resin composition of claim 2. さらに、ラジカル重合性化合物を含む、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。 The negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising a radical polymerizable compound. 前記ラジカル重合性化合物が、2つ以上のラジカル重合性基を有する、請求項4に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。 The negative photosensitive resin composition of Claim 4 in which the said radically polymerizable compound has two or more radically polymerizable groups. 前記第2の重合禁止剤が、キノン化合物およびN-オキシル化合物から選択される、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。 The negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the second polymerization inhibitor is selected from a quinone compound and an N-oxyl compound. 前記第1の重合禁止剤と、第2の重合禁止剤との質量比率が、10:90~90:10である、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。 The negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein a mass ratio of the first polymerization inhibitor and the second polymerization inhibitor is 10:90 to 90:10. object. 前記第1の重合禁止剤と、ラジカル重合開始剤との質量比率が、1:99~10:90である、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。 The negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein a mass ratio of the first polymerization inhibitor to the radical polymerization initiator is 1:99 to 10:90. 前記一般式(1)中、R12が、芳香環を含む4価の基である、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。 The negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein, in the general formula (1), R 12 is a tetravalent group containing an aromatic ring. さらに、熱塩基発生剤を含む、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。 The negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, further comprising a thermal base generator. 前記熱塩基発生剤が、下記一般式(Y)で表されるアンモニウムカチオンを有する、請求項10に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
一般式(Y)中、Ar10は、芳香族基を表し、R11~R15は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または炭化水素基を表し、R14とR15は互いに結合して環を形成していてもよく、nは、1以上の整数を表す。
The negative photosensitive resin composition according to claim 10, wherein the thermal base generator has an ammonium cation represented by the following general formula (Y);
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
In general formula (Y), Ar 10 represents an aromatic group, R 11 to R 15 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and R 14 and R 15 are bonded to each other to form a ring. And n represents an integer of 1 or more.
再配線層用層間絶縁膜用である、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物。 The negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11, which is used for an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer. 請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を硬化してなる、硬化膜。 A cured film obtained by curing the negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12. 再配線層用層間絶縁膜である、請求項13に記載の硬化膜。 The cured film of Claim 13 which is an interlayer insulation film for rewiring layers. 請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を用いることを含む、硬化膜の製造方法。 A method for producing a cured film, comprising using the negative photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12. 前記ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を基板に適用する工程と、
前記基板に適用されたネガ型感光性樹脂組成物に対して、活性光線または放射線を照射して露光する工程と、
前記露光されたネガ型感光性樹脂組成物に対して、現像処理を行う工程とを有する、請求項15に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。
Applying the negative photosensitive resin composition to a substrate;
A step of exposing the negative photosensitive resin composition applied to the substrate by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and
The manufacturing method of the cured film of Claim 15 which has a process of developing with respect to the said exposed negative photosensitive resin composition.
前記現像処理を行う工程後に、現像されたネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を50~500℃の温度で加熱する工程を含む、請求項16に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。 The method for producing a cured film according to claim 16, comprising a step of heating the developed negative photosensitive resin composition at a temperature of 50 to 500 ° C after the step of performing the development treatment. 前記硬化膜の膜厚が、3~30μmである、請求項15~17のいずれか1項に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。 The method for producing a cured film according to any one of claims 15 to 17, wherein the film thickness of the cured film is 3 to 30 µm. 請求項13または14に記載の硬化膜、または、請求項15~18のいずれか1項に記載の方法で製造された硬化膜を有する、半導体デバイス。 A semiconductor device comprising the cured film according to claim 13 or 14, or the cured film produced by the method according to any one of claims 15 to 18.
PCT/JP2016/069275 2015-06-30 2016-06-29 Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, cured film production method and semiconductor device Ceased WO2017002859A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020177035505A KR102021305B1 (en) 2015-06-30 2016-06-29 Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, manufacturing method of cured film, and semiconductor device
JP2017526400A JP6481032B2 (en) 2015-06-30 2016-06-29 Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015132105 2015-06-30
JP2015-132105 2015-06-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017002859A1 true WO2017002859A1 (en) 2017-01-05

Family

ID=57608413

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/069275 Ceased WO2017002859A1 (en) 2015-06-30 2016-06-29 Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, cured film production method and semiconductor device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6481032B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102021305B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI662367B (en)
WO (1) WO2017002859A1 (en)

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2018087986A (en) * 2016-03-31 2018-06-07 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing cured relief pattern and semiconductor device
JP2018115291A (en) * 2017-01-20 2018-07-26 株式会社クラレ Polymer particle
KR20190058976A (en) * 2017-11-22 2019-05-30 한국화학연구원 Photosensitive polyamic acid derivative resins and thermal resistance negative type photoresist composition
KR20190112727A (en) * 2017-02-23 2019-10-07 히다치 가세이듀퐁 마이쿠로시스데무즈 가부시키가이샤 Photosensitive resin composition, manufacturing method of hardening pattern, hardened | cured material, interlayer insulation film, cover coat layer, surface protective film, and electronic component
CN110462513A (en) * 2017-03-28 2019-11-15 东丽株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, element provided with cured film, organic EL display device provided with cured film, method for producing cured film, and method for producing organic EL display device
CN110692018A (en) * 2017-05-31 2020-01-14 富士胶片株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2020032133A1 (en) * 2018-08-09 2020-02-13 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming resist pattern
JPWO2021157588A1 (en) * 2020-02-07 2021-08-12
US20220145009A1 (en) * 2019-07-30 2022-05-12 Fujifilm Corporation Coloring resin composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP2022173316A (en) * 2017-11-28 2022-11-18 旭化成株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition and production method of the same, as well as production method of cured relief pattern
WO2024070963A1 (en) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Film production method, photosensitive resin composition, cured product production method, cured product, and laminate
US12386257B2 (en) 2019-08-13 2025-08-12 Hd Microsystems, Ltd. Photosensitive resin composition, method of manufacturing pattern cured film, cured film, interlayer insulating film, cover coat layer, surface protective film, and electronic component

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102533836B1 (en) * 2018-09-26 2023-05-18 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device, and heat base generator
JP7592393B2 (en) * 2019-04-09 2024-12-02 旭化成株式会社 Negative-type photosensitive resin composition, method for producing polyimide, and method for producing cured relief pattern
WO2021246478A1 (en) * 2020-06-05 2021-12-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, production method therefor, and method for producing composition for pattern formation

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006171019A (en) * 2004-12-10 2006-06-29 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Method for producing pattern forming material, and pattern forming material
JP2010009052A (en) * 2009-07-29 2010-01-14 Asahi Kasei E-Materials Corp Photosensitive resin component, pattern forming method and semiconductor device
WO2013168675A1 (en) * 2012-05-07 2013-11-14 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing hardening relief pattern, and semiconductor device

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100525586B1 (en) * 1997-09-11 2005-11-03 아치 스페셜티 케미칼즈, 인코포레이티드 A negatively acting photoresist composition based on polyimide precursors
US7648815B2 (en) * 2000-09-12 2010-01-19 Pi R&D Co., Ltd. Negative photosensitive polyimide composition and method for forming image the same
US20040235992A1 (en) * 2001-05-30 2004-11-25 Koji Okada Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive dry film resist and photosensitive coverlay film produced therefrom
JP2007056196A (en) * 2005-08-26 2007-03-08 Tokyo Institute Of Technology Polyimide precursor composition, method for producing polyimide film, and semiconductor device
US8354216B2 (en) 2008-07-15 2013-01-15 Eastman Kodak Company Negative-working imaging elements and methods of use
JP5657414B2 (en) 2010-02-16 2015-01-21 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device
JP6167018B2 (en) * 2013-10-31 2017-07-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Laminate, organic semiconductor manufacturing kit and organic semiconductor manufacturing resist composition
JP6244871B2 (en) * 2013-12-13 2017-12-13 日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Polyimide precursor resin composition

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006171019A (en) * 2004-12-10 2006-06-29 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Method for producing pattern forming material, and pattern forming material
JP2010009052A (en) * 2009-07-29 2010-01-14 Asahi Kasei E-Materials Corp Photosensitive resin component, pattern forming method and semiconductor device
WO2013168675A1 (en) * 2012-05-07 2013-11-14 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing hardening relief pattern, and semiconductor device

Cited By (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10831101B2 (en) 2016-03-31 2020-11-10 Asahi Kasei Kabushiki Kaisha Photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor apparatus
JP2018101138A (en) * 2016-03-31 2018-06-28 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing cured relief pattern and semiconductor device
JP2018087986A (en) * 2016-03-31 2018-06-07 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing cured relief pattern and semiconductor device
JP2018115291A (en) * 2017-01-20 2018-07-26 株式会社クラレ Polymer particle
KR102646304B1 (en) 2017-02-23 2024-03-11 에이치디 마이크로시스템즈 가부시키가이샤 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing a cured pattern, cured product, interlayer insulating film, cover coat layer, surface protective film, and electronic components
KR20190112727A (en) * 2017-02-23 2019-10-07 히다치 가세이듀퐁 마이쿠로시스데무즈 가부시키가이샤 Photosensitive resin composition, manufacturing method of hardening pattern, hardened | cured material, interlayer insulation film, cover coat layer, surface protective film, and electronic component
CN110462513A (en) * 2017-03-28 2019-11-15 东丽株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, element provided with cured film, organic EL display device provided with cured film, method for producing cured film, and method for producing organic EL display device
CN110692018A (en) * 2017-05-31 2020-01-14 富士胶片株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
US11567405B2 (en) 2017-05-31 2023-01-31 Fujifilm Corporation Photosensitive resin composition, polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
EP3633455A4 (en) * 2017-05-31 2020-06-17 FUJIFILM Corporation Photosensitive resin composition, polymeric precursor, cured film, laminate, cured film production method, and semiconductor device
CN110692018B (en) * 2017-05-31 2023-11-03 富士胶片株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
KR102108848B1 (en) 2017-11-22 2020-05-12 한국화학연구원 Photosensitive polyamic acid derivative resins and thermal resistance negative type photoresist composition
KR20190058976A (en) * 2017-11-22 2019-05-30 한국화학연구원 Photosensitive polyamic acid derivative resins and thermal resistance negative type photoresist composition
JP7393491B2 (en) 2017-11-28 2023-12-06 旭化成株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition and method for producing the same, and method for producing a cured relief pattern
JP2022173316A (en) * 2017-11-28 2022-11-18 旭化成株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition and production method of the same, as well as production method of cured relief pattern
CN112534351B (en) * 2018-08-09 2025-03-18 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming resist pattern
CN112534351A (en) * 2018-08-09 2021-03-19 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming resist pattern
WO2020032133A1 (en) * 2018-08-09 2020-02-13 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming resist pattern
US20220145009A1 (en) * 2019-07-30 2022-05-12 Fujifilm Corporation Coloring resin composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
US12391801B2 (en) * 2019-07-30 2025-08-19 Fujifilm Corporation Coloring resin composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
US12386257B2 (en) 2019-08-13 2025-08-12 Hd Microsystems, Ltd. Photosensitive resin composition, method of manufacturing pattern cured film, cured film, interlayer insulating film, cover coat layer, surface protective film, and electronic component
JPWO2021157588A1 (en) * 2020-02-07 2021-08-12
JP7726074B2 (en) 2020-02-07 2025-08-20 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Thermoforming laminate and method for forming laminate
WO2024070963A1 (en) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Film production method, photosensitive resin composition, cured product production method, cured product, and laminate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6481032B2 (en) 2019-03-13
JPWO2017002859A1 (en) 2018-04-12
TWI662367B (en) 2019-06-11
KR20180005227A (en) 2018-01-15
KR102021305B1 (en) 2019-09-16
TW201708957A (en) 2017-03-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6481032B2 (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP6255096B2 (en) Thermal base generator, thermosetting resin composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP6167089B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP6681888B2 (en) Polyimide precursor composition, photosensitive resin composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, semiconductor device and method for producing polyimide precursor composition
JP6257870B2 (en) Resin, composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP6612343B2 (en) Precursor composition, photosensitive resin composition, method for producing precursor composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device
JP6606186B2 (en) Composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
JP6247432B1 (en) LAMINATE, LAMINATE MANUFACTURING METHOD, SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD
WO2017038598A1 (en) Method for manufacturing cured film, method for manufacturing interlayer insulating film for rewiring layer, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP2020091490A (en) Method for manufacturing laminate and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
WO2015199220A1 (en) Thermosetting resin composition, cured film, manufacturing method for cured film, and semiconductor device
WO2017043474A1 (en) Method for producing heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material, and application thereof
JP6522756B2 (en) Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, method of producing cured film, and semiconductor device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16817967

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20177035505

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017526400

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16817967

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1